-
81 RÖK
* * *n. pl.1) reason, ground, origin (nú skal segja, af hverjum rökum heiðnir menn héldu jól);2) wonder, marvel; forn r., great things of yore; firrist (imperat.) æ forn r. firar, let bygones be bygones; stór r., mighty things, great marvels; tíva r., the life and doings of the gods; þjóða r., origin, creation of mankind; í aldar r., at the end of the world; ragna r., see ragnarök.* * *n. pl. [O. H. G. rahha = sentence, judgment; the word is prob. akin to rakna, rak-, rekja, réttr]:—a reason, ground, origin; segja nokkur rök frá Dróttins-degi, Leiðarv. 5; nú skal tína nokkut um rök tiðanna, 625. 164; af þessum rökum hófsk sjá hátíð, Hom. 132; enn eru regulares, er upp hefjask af enum sömum rökum, Rb. 124; ek skal víss verða af hverjum rökum úrar-horn er upp runnit, Fas. iii. 633; nú skal segja af hverjum rökum heiðnir menn héldu Jól sín, Fb. i. 564, Hom. (St.); nú eru þessi rök til, hví Guð vildi, Mar.; Dróttinn sýndi þeim flest rök sinnar dýrðar á þessum degi, Hom. (St.); fvrra dag sögðum vér nakkvat frá tvennum rökum hátíðar þeirrar, id.2. a wonder, sign, marvel; vér vitum at hann (Christ) var borinn með myklum rökum, en þó var hann með meirum tákmun skírðr, Hom. 56; önnur rök þau sem Guðspjöll segja, 686 B. 14; spá-sögur ok þau rök er hann (Christ) sýndi í heimi, 625. 163; forn rök, great things of yore; var haldit fyrir speki ok spádóm flest þat er hón (the prophetess) sagði af fornum rökum, Fb. i. 77; firrisk æ forn rök fírar, i. e. let bygones be bygones, Ls. 25; stór rök, mighty things; stór verða rök, rignir bióði, Merl. 2. 31; sjá þessi rök þrennar aldir, 2. 77; ráða mörg rök, to foretell many events, 1. 2:—alda rök, the beginning, the creation of the world, Edda i. 36; but also of the end of the world, dooms-day, Vþm. 39; þjóða rök, the origin, creation of mankind; sv;á þundr um reis (not reist?) fyrir þjóða rök, thus Th. arose ere the memory of man, Hm. 146; tíva rök, the life and doings of the gods, Vþm. 38, 40, 42.3. the old phrase, ragna rök, the history of the gods and the world, but esp. with reference to the last act, the last judgment, doom’s-day, weird of gods and the world; feigum munni mælta ek mína forna stafi ok um ragna rök, with ‘fey’ mouth I spake my old saws of the life and fate of the gods, Vþm. 55; eru þat svik ein er ek sjá þykkjumk eða ragna rök, ríða menn dauðir, is what I behold a delusion or is it the last day, do dead men ride? Hkv. 2. 38, 39; unz ragna rök rjúfendr koma, Vtkv. 14; fram sé ek lengra um ragna rök röm, Vsp. 40; görðisk (= görðusk) rök ragna, it was as if the world’s end was at hand, Am. 22,—thus always in old poems, with the sole exception of Ls. 39, see rökr. -
82 TAKA
* * *I)(tek; tók, tókum; tekinn), v.1) to take, catch, seize (tóku þeir laxinn ok otrinn ok báru með sér);G. tók inni vinstri hendi spjótit á lopti, G. caught the spear with his left hand;man hón taka fé okkart allt með ráni, she will take all our goods by force;taka e-n höndum, to seize one, take captive;tökum vápn vár, let us take to our weapons;2) fig., taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian;taka skírn, to be baptized;taka hvíld, to take a rest;taka flótta, to take to flight;taka rœðu, umrœðu, to begin a parley;taka ráð, to take a counsel (= taka til ráðs);taka e-n orðum, to address one;taka sættir or sættum, to accept terms;taka þenna kost, to take this choice;taka stefnu, to fix a meeting;taka boði, to accept an offer;taka sótt, to be taken ill;taka úgleði, to get out of spirits;taka andviðri, to meet with contrary winds;taka konung, to take, elect a king;taka konu, to take a wife;taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways;taka e-n or e-m vel, to receive one well;taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly;taka upp höndum, to raise the hands;3) to reach, stretch forth, touch;fremri hyrnan tók viðbeinit, the upper horn caught the collar bone;því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, for I shall not reach home to-night;hárit tók ofan á belti, the hair came down to her waist;4) to reach and take harbour (þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu);5) to take, hold, of a vessel (ketill, er tók tvær tunnur);6) to be equivalent to, be worth (hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend);7) with infin., to begin (hann tók at yrkja, þegar er hann var ungr);nú taka öll húsin at lóga, now the whole house began to blaze;impers., þá tók at lægja veðrit, then the wind began to fall;8) to touch, regard, concern (þat allt, sem leikmenn tekr);9) to catch (up), come up with (hann var allra manna fóthvatastr, svá at engi hestr tók hann á rás);10) to start, rush (Eirikr tók út or stofunni, en konungr bað menn hlaupa eptir honum);taka á rás, taka frá, to take to running, run away (svá illt sem nú er frá at taka, þá mun þó síðarr verra);11) impers. it is taken;þá tók af veðrit (acc.) then the storm abated;kom á fótinn, svá at af tók, the stroke came on his leg, so that it was cut off;sýnina tekr frá e-m, one becomes blind;tók út skip Þangbrands, Th.’s ship drifted out;um várit er sumarhita tók, when the summer heat set in;12) with preps, and advs., taka e-n af lífi, lífdögum, taka e-n af, to take one’s life, put to death;taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive one of his title and power;taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse;taka e-t af e-m, to take a thing from one, deprive one of (er vér tókum seglit af honum, þá grét hann);taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping;taka e-t af e-m, to get frotn one (tekr hann af öllu fólki mikil lof);taka mikinn (mikil), lítinn (lítil) af e-u, to make (say) much, little of;hón tók lítil af öllu, she said little about it, took it coldly;øngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee;taka e-t af, to choose, take;G. bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir engi af taka, G. made thee good offers, but thou wouldst take none of them;fara sem fœtr mega af taka, at the top of one’s speed;hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, as fast as possible;to abolish, do away with (lagði á þat allan hug al taka af heiðni ok fornar venjur);taka e-t aptr, to take back, render void (taka aptr þat, er ek gef); to recall (taka aptr orð, heil sín);taka á e-u, to touch (hón tók á augum hans);taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, illa á e-u, to take (a thing) well, in good part, ill, in ill part (fluttu þeir þetta fyrir jarli, en hann tók vel á);taka e-t á sik, to take upon oneself (kvaðst heldr vilja taka þat á sik at gefa honum annát augat);tóku þeir á sik svefn mikinn, they fell fast asleep;taka arf eptir e-n, to inherit one;taka e-t eptir, to get in return;með því at þú gerir svá, sem ek býð þér, skaltu nökkut eptir taka, thou shalt have some reward;taka e-t frá e-m, to take a thing away from one (þeir tóku spjótin frá þeim ok báru út á ána);taka e-n frá e-u, to deprive one of (taka e-n frá landi, ríki);taka e-t fyrir e-t, to take in return for (hann keypti sveinana ok tók fyrir þá vesl gott ok slagning); to take for, look upon as (lökum vér þat allt fyrir satt; því tek ek þat fyrir gaman);taka fyrir e-t, to refuse (tók E. eigi fyrir útanferð at sumri);taka hendi í e-t, to thrust one’s hand into;taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands with one;taka í móti, to offer resistance (þeir brendu víða bygðina, en bœndr tóku ekki í móti);taka niðr, to pull down, demolish (taka niðr til grundvallar allt þat verk); to graze a little, = taka til jarðar (þeir láta nú taka niðr hesta sína);taka niðri, to touch (feel) the bottom;taka ofan, to take down (Högni tekr ofan atgeirinn); to pull down (hann hafði látil taka ofan skála sinn);taka í sundr, to cut asunder;impers., slœmdi sverðinu til hans, svá at í sundr tók manninn, so that the man was cleft asunder;taka til e-s, to take to (tóku þá margir til at níða hann);taka til máls (orðs, orða), to begin to speak;nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now we must take up the story at this point, that;taka til varnar, to begin the defence;taka til e-s, to have recourse to, resort to (taka e-t til ráðs, bragðs); to concern (þetta mál, er til konungs tók);láta e-t til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with (Gísli lét fátt til sín taka);taka e-n til e-s, to choose, elect (Ólafr var til konungs tekinn um allt land);absol., taka til, to begin (hann hélt allt austr um Svínasund, þá tók til vald Svíakonungs);taka e-t til, to take to, do;ef hann tekr nökkut illt til, if he takes to any ill;taka um e-t, to take hold of, grasp (nú skaltu taka um fót honum);taka e-t undan, to take away;impers., undan kúnni tók nyt alla, the cow ceased to give milk;taka undan, to run away, escape (B. tók undan með rás);taka undir e-t, to take hold under a thing;hann tók undir kverkina ok kyssti hana, he took her by the chin and kissed her;to undertake, take upon oneself;H. kvaðst ekki taka mundu undir vandræði þeira, H. said he would have nothing to do with their troubles;taka undir e-t með e-m, to back, help one in a thing (vil ek, at þér takit undir þetta mál með mér);þau tóku undir þetta léttiliga, they seconded it readily;hann tók seinliga undir, he was slow to answer;taka undir, to echo, resound (fjöllin tóku undir);taka e-t undir sik, to take on hand (Gizurr tók undir sik málit); to lay hold of (hann tekr undir sik eignir þær, er K. átti í Noregi);taka e-t upp, to pick up (S. tók upp hanzka sinn);taka upp fé fyrir e-m, to seize on, confiscate;taka upp borð, to set up the tables before a meal, but also to remove them after a meal;taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode;hón tekr mart þat upp, er fjarri er mínum vilja, she takes much in hand that is far from my will;drykk ok vistir, svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take;taka upp ný goðorð, to establish new priesthoods;taka upp verknað, to take up work;taka upp stœrð, to take to pride;taka upp sök, to take up a case;taka upp draum, to interpret a dream;taka e-t upp, to choose (seg nú skjótt, hvern kost þú vill upp taka);absol., taka upp, to extend, rise (rekkjustokkr tekr upp á millum rúma okkarra);taka út, to run out (E. tók út ór stofunni);taka við e-u, to receive (A. hafði tekit við föðurarf sínum);taka vel við e-m, to receive one well, give one a hearty welcome;taka við trú, to take the faith;þeir tóku vel við, they made a bold resistance;tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off;taka yfir e-t, to extend over (hann skal eignast af Englandi þat, sem uxahúð tekr yfir);impers. to come to an end, succeed (kveðst nú vænta, at nú mundi yfir taka);þeir munu allt til vinna at yfir taki við oss, to get the better of us;13) refl., takast;f.1) taking, capture, of a fortress, prisoner;2) taking, seizing, of property;* * *pres. tek, tekr; tökum, takit, taka; pret. tók, tókt (tókst), tók, pl. tóku; subj. tæki (tœki); imperat. tak, taktú; part. tekinn: with neg. suff. tek’k-at ek, I take not, Kristni S. (in a verse); tak-a-ttu, take thou not, Fas. i. (in a verse); tekr-at, Grág. (Kb.) i. 9: [Ulf. têkan, pret. taitok = απτεσθαι; Swed. take; Dan. tage, sounded tā, ‘du tar det ikke, vil du ta det;’ Engl. take is a word borrowed from the Dan., which gradually displaced the Old Engl. niman.]A. To take hold of, seize, grasp; taka sér alvæpni, Eg. 236; tóku menn sér þar byrðar ok báru út, Egill tók undir hönd sér mjöð-drekku, 237; nú taki hest minn, ok skal ek ríða eptir honum, 699; tóku þeir skíð sín ok stigu á, 545; hann tók inni vinstri hendi spjótið ok skaut, Nj. 42; lauk upp kistu ok tók upp góð kvennmanna-klæði, Ld. 30; hann tekr nú bogann, … tekr nú kaðal einn, Fas. ii. 543; taka upp net, K. Þ. K. 90; hross skal maðr taka ok teyma ok hepta, þótt heilagt sé, id.2. to seize; þeir tóku þar herfang mikit, Nj. 43; tóku skipit ok allt þat er á var, Fms. vii. 249; þeir tóku þar skútu, viii. 438; tóku skip hans, landtjald, klæði, ix. 275; taka fé okkat allt með ráni, Nj. 5; engi maðr skal fyrir öðrum taka, Gþl. 473; hann leiddi þik til arfs … munu taka óvinir þínir ef þú kemr eigi til, Nj. 4; þeir tóku bæinn, seized, Sturl. ii. 149; kona hafði tekit ( stolen) … ok vildi hann refsa henni, Fms. vii. 330.3. to catch; Skotar munu hafa tekit njósnir allar, Nj. 126; standi menn upp ok taki hann, 130; hann skyldi taka hundinn, 114; þeir tóku á sundi mann einn, Fms. vii. 225; gröf, at taka í dýr, Flóv. 33; taka höndum, to lay hold of, take captive, Nj. 114, 275; in a good sense, Fms. x. 314.4. taka e-n af lífi, to take one from life, Fms. x. 3, Eg. 70; taka e-n af lífdögum, id., Fms. vii. 204: ellipt., taka af (af-taka), to take one off, put to death, Js. 23; taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive of …, Eg. 268; tóku þeir af eignum jarla konungs, Fms. i. 6: taka af e-m, to take a thing from one, x. 421, Nj. 103, 131, Eg. 120, Ld. 288; taka frá e-m, to take from, off, Nj. 253, K. Þ. K. 48; taka ofan, to take down, pull down, Nj. 119, 168; taka ór, to set apart, 232; taka undir sik, to take under oneself, subject, Fms. x. 24: to take charge of, Nj. 110, Eg. 725: taka upp, to take up, pick up, assume, 23.5. to take, grasp; taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands, Nj. 129; taka á lopti, to interrupt, Fms. x. 314; taka í ketil, of the ordeal, Grág. i. 381, Gkv. 3. 7; taka í jörð, to graze, of an animal, Bs. i. 338; jó lætr til jarðar taka, Skm. 15; skulu þér láta taka niðr hesta yðra, to graze a little, Band. 14 new Ed.; tók einn þeirra niðr í sinn klæðsekk, Stj.II. metaph., taka upphaf, to begin, Hom. 49; taka vöxt ok þroska, to increase, Rb. 392; taka konungdóm, Eg. 646; taka ráð, 49; taka skírn, 770; taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian, Nj. 273; taka hvíld, to take rest, 43, 115; taka á sik svefn, 252; taka ræðu, to begin a parley, Eg. 578; taka umræðu, id., Nj. 146; þau taka þá tal, Ld. 72, Fms. ii. 254; taka nærri sér, see nær l. 2; taka á sik göngu, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; taka á sik svefn, Nj.; taka eld, to light a fire, 199; taka e-n orðum, to address; taka í sætt, to receive into reconciliation, Eg. 168; taka sættir, to accept terms, id. (also taka sættum, id.); taka þenna kost, 280; taka samheldi, Fms. ix. 344; ok tóku þat fastliga, at friðr skyldi standa, declared firmly that, x. 40, v. l.; taka stefnu, to fix a meeting, xi. 400; tóku þeir stefnu í milli sín, 402; nú er svá tekið um allt landit, at …, fixed by law that …, Gþl. 275; þeir tóku fastmælum sín í milli, at …, Bret. 82; taki í lög, to take into fellowship, Fms. xi. 96; lög-taka, cp. lófa-tak, vápna-tak; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð enn þú vildir engi af taka, thou wouldst accept none of them, Nj. 77; tók hann þann kost af, at leggja allt á konungs vald, Fms. iv. 224; ok þat tóku þeir af, ix. 367; Ólafr kvaðsk þat mundu af taka, Ld. 72; taka e-t til ráðs, or taka ráðs, bragðs, to resort to, Nj. 75, 124, 199: also, taka e-t til, to resort to, 26, Fms. xi, 253, passim (til-tæki); taka mót, to receive, Edda 15; taka e-t við, to receive in return, Fms. ii. 269; taka bætr fyrir e-t, xi. 253; með því þú görir sem ek býð þér, skaltú nökkuð eptir taka, take some reward for it, Ld. 44; þat er bæði at vér róum hart, enda mun nú mikit eptir taka, a great reward, Finnb. 232 (eptir-tekja); taka fæðu, to take food; taka corpus Domini, Mar.; taka samsæti, Fms. ii. 261; taka arf, Eg. 34; taka erfð, Gþl. 241; taka fé eptir föður sinn, Fms. xi. 47; taka laun, Nj. 68; taka veizlu, to take, receive a veizla (q. v.), Fms. xi. 239; konungr … hann tekr ( receives) af mörgum, skal hann því mikit gefa, 217; taka mikit lof, x. 367; taka helgun af Guði, Rb. 392; taka heilsu, to recover, Stj. 624; ek skal taka hæði-yrði af þér, Nj. 27; taka af honum rán ok manntjón, Ld. 64; taka úskil af íllum mönnum, Greg. 44; taka píslir ok dauða, 656 B. 30; drap hann þar menn nökkura, þótti mönnum hart at taka þat af útlendum manni, Bs. i. 19; þeir tóku mikinn andróða, Fms. viii. 438; taka andviðri, Eg. 87; þeir tóku norðan-veðr hörð, were overtaken by, Nj. 124; taka sótt, to be taken sick or ill (North E. to take ill), 29, Fms. xi. 97, Eg. 767; taka þyngd. id., Ísl. ii. 274; taka fótar-mein, Nj. 219; taka úgleði, to get out of spirits, Eg. 322; hann tók þá fáleika ok úgleði, Fms. vii. 103; hann tók langt kaf, 202; taka arftaki, to adopt, Grág. i. 232; taka konung, to take, elect a king, Fms. ix. 256; taka konu, to take a wife, x. 397; hann kvángaðisk ok tók bróður-dóttur þess manns er Finnr hét, 406; tók Magnús konungr Margrétu, 413; taka konu brott nauðga, to carry off a woman, Grág. i. 353; tók hann þá til háseta, he hired them, Eg. 404; taka far or fari, Landn. 307, Grág. ii. 406 (far, ii. 3); taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways, Fms. viii. 30; taka ferð, to start, Stj.; taka til konungs, or the like, Eg. 367, 400, Fms. vii. 252; taka til siðar, Sks. 313; taka e-n vel, to receive well; ok taki ér, herra, vel þá Hjalta ok Gizur, Bs. i. 19; tók Skota-konungr hann vel, Fms. xi. 419; taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly, Nj. 26; taka fyrir e-t, to stop, interrupt, refuse, Fms. x. 251.III. to reach, stretch forth, touch; hann beit skarð, allt þat er tennr tóku, Eg. 605; eigi djúpara enn þeim tók undir hendr, Ld. 78; skurðrinn tók á framan-verðan bakkann, Krók.; hyrnan tók andlitið, Nj. 253; rödd tekr eyru, Skálda 175; döggskórinn tók niðr akrinn upp-standanda, Fas. i. 173; hafði flóð tekit þær, swept them away, Fms. xi. 393; spjót langskept svá at vel taki skipa meðal, Sks. 385; nef hans tók austr til landsenda … véli-fjarðar tóku norðr í Finnabú, Fms. viii. 10; tekr mörkin náliga allt it efra suðr, Eg. 58; þvíat ekki tek ek heim í kveld, Nj. 275; mun ek taka þangat í dag? Hbl.; bóndans bót tekr fyrir ( encompasses) konu, hans ok börn ok hjón, N. G. L. i. 341; taka niðri, to take the ground, of a ship or thing floating, Fas. iii. 257; svá at upp tekr um klaufir, Boll. 336; at eigi tæki hann (acc.) regnit, Stj. 594; skulu vér varask, at eigi taki oss þau dæmi, Hom. 70; svá mikit er uxa-húð tekr yfir, Fas. i. 288; nær því er þú sér at taka mun en ekki ór hófi, Sks. 21; hundr bundinn svá at taki eigi til manna, Grág. ii. 119; taka höndum upp, to lift up hands, Bs. i. 735, Edda 22; ek sé fram undir brekkuna, at upp taka spjóts-oddar fimtán, Finnb. 286; þetta smíði (Babel) tók upp ór veðrum, Edda 146 (pref.); hárit tók ofan á belti, Nj. 2; stöpul er til himins tæki, 645. 71; hér til tekr en fyrsta bók, reaches here, 655 vii. 4; taka mátti hendi til fals, Eg. 285; þeir tóku fram árum, took the oars, Fms. vii. 288; smeygði á sik ok tók út höndunum, 202; þeir tóku undun, to escape, viii. 438: to reach, land, take harbour, gaf honum vel byri ok tóku Borgarfjörð, Nj. 10; tóku þeir Friðar-ey, 268; þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu, Ísl. ii. 246; byrjaði vel ok tóku Noreg, Ld. 72, 310; tóku þar land sem heitir Vatnsfjörðr, Landn. 30: ellipt., hann tók þar sem nú heitir Herjólfs-höfn, id.; þeir tóku fyrir sunnan land, 175.2. to take, hold, of a vessel; ketill or tók tvær tunnur, Fb. i. 524; lands þess er tæki ( of the value of) fjóra tigi hundraða, Sturl. i. 98, v. l.; hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend, Nj. 225: so in the phrase, það tekr því ekki, it is not worth the while; þann enn eina grip er hann átti svá at fé tæki, the sole object of value he had, Bs. i. 636.3. spec. usages; fara sem fætr mega af taka, Finnb. 288; konur æpa sem þær megu mest af taka, Al. 47, (aftak, aftaka-veðr, q. v.), Karl. 109, 196; fóru hvárir-tveggju sem af tók, went as fast as possible, Fms, iv. 304; hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, Eg. 93: in the phrase, taka mikinn, lítinn … af e-u, to make much, little of, take it to heart or lightly; mikit tekr þú af þessu, thou takest it much to heart, Lv. 10; öngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee, Ld. 105; eigi töku vér mikit af at tortryggva þá bók, þótt mart sé undarligt í sagt, we will not strongly question the truth of the book, although many wonders are told therein, Sks. 78; Óspakr kvað hana mikit af taka, said he used very strong language, Ld. 216; mikinn tekr þú af, segir konungr, thou settest much by it, said the king, Fms. vi. 206: munda ek sýnu minna hafa af tekit ef ek væra údrukkinn, I would have kept a better tongue, xi. 112; Þórvarðr tók eigi af fyrir útanferð sína, did not quite refuse the going abroad, Sturl. iii. 244; hann kvaðsk eigi taka mega af því hvat mælt væri, he did not much mind what folks said, Nj. 210; hón tók lítið af öllu, said little about it, took it coolly, Eg. 322; tók hann minna af enn áðr við Íslendinga, he spoke not so strongly of them as he used to do, Glúm. 328; ok er sendi-menn kómu tók hann lítið af, Fms. x. 101; Flosi svaraði öllu vel, en tók þó lítið af, F. gave a civil but reserved answer, Nj. 180.IV. with prepp.; taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse, Nj. 4, 179; taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping, Ölk. 35; taka skriðinn af skipinu, Fms. ii. 305; taka e-t af, to abolish, vii. 1, x. 152, Ísl. ii. 258:—taka á e-u, to touch (á-tak), Nj. 118; þegar sem nær þeim er komit ok á þeim tekit, Stj. 76; sá er tekr fyrst á funa, Gm.; þat er ok, áðr þeir taki á dómum sinum ( ere they deliver sentence), at þeir skolu eið vinna áðr, Grág. i. 64; taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, ekki vel, ílla … á e-u, to take a thing so and so, take it well, in good part, ill, in ill part, etc., Ld. 50, 248, Fms. xi. 124, Nj. 206, 265; Gunnarr talaði fátt um ok tók á öngu úlíkliga, 40; tak glaðan á ( cheerfully) við konunginn, Fms. xi. 112; þeir höfðu sagt hversu hann hafði á tekit þeim feðgum, Rd. 284; Leifr tekr á þessu eigi mjök, Fb. ii. 397; tók Börkr (á) því seinliga, Eb. 15 new Ed.:—taka eptir, to notice, observe, Sturl. i. 2 (eptir-tekt):—taka móti, to withstand, resist, Nj. 261, Fms. ix. 307, 513 (mót-tak):—taka með, to reserve, accept, iv. 340, xi. 427 (með-taka): taka við, hann tókþar ok við mörg önnur dæmi, bæði konunga æfi, he tacked to it many records, the lives of kings, etc., Ó. H. (pref.): this isolated phrase has led editors (but wrongly) to substitute hann ‘jók’ þar við:—taka aptr, to take back, render void, undo, Bs. i. 631, Nj. 191, Sks. 775; eigi má aptr taka unnit verk, a saying, Fms. ii. 11: to recall, unsay, mun ek þau orð eigi aptr taka, Ld. 42, Fms. ii. 253:—taka í, to pull off; taktu í hann, to pull his stocking off:—taka um, to take hold of, grasp, Eg. 410, Hkr. ii. 322:—taka upp, to pick up, assume; niðr at fella ok upp at taka, 625. 68, Eg. 23; taka upp borð, to put up the tables before a meal; tekr upp borð ok setr fyrir þá Butralda, Fbr. 37; vóru borð upp tekin um alla stofuna ok sett á vist, Eg. 551: but also to remove them after a meal (= taka borð ofan), 408, Hkr. ii. 192, Fms. i. 41, Orkn. 246 (see borð II); taka upp vist, to put food on the table, Vm. 168; taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode, passim; taka upp, of a body, to take up, disinter, Hkr. ii. 388; taka upp, to seize on, confiscate, Nj. 73, 207, Ld. 38, Eg. 73; þeir tóku upp ( laid waste) þorp þat er heitir Tuma-þorp, Fms. i. 151; var þá tekin upp bygð Hrolleifs, Fs. 34; hón tekr þat mart upp er fjarri er mínum vilja, Nj. 6l; at þú gefir ró reiði ok takir þat upp er minnst vandræði standi af, 175; taka upp verknað, to take up work, Ld. 34; taka upp stærð, to take to pride, Fms. x. 108; halda upp-teknu efni, i. 263; taka upp sök, mál, to take up a case, Nj. 31, 71, 231: to interpret, eigi kann ek öðruvís at ráða þenna draum … glíkliga er upp tekit, Sturl. iii. 216; ok skal svá upp taka ‘síks glóð,’ þat er ‘gull,’ Edda 127; kvæði, ef þau eru rétt kveðin ok skynsamliga upp tekin, Hkr. (pref.); tók hann svá upp, at honum væri eigi úhætt, Fms. ix. 424; drykk ok vistir svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take, iv. 92; er þat skip mikit, ok mun þat taka oss upp alla, Nj. 259; þat hjóna er meira lagði til félags skal meira upp taka, Gþl. 220; þótti þeim í hönd falla at taka upp land þetta hjá sér sjálfum, Ld. 210; skal sá sem at Kálfafelli býr taka upp vatn at sínum hlut, Vm. 168; taka upp giptu hjá Dana-konungi, Fms. xi. 426; taka upp goðorð, Nj. 151, 168, Grág. i. 24; taka upp þing. Ann. 1304 ( to restore); tókusk þá upp lög ok landsréttr, Fs. 27; taka upp vanda, Fms. vii. 280:—taka til, to take to; hefna svá at ekki fýsi annan slík firn til at taka, 655 xiii. A. 3; tóku margir þá til at níða hann, Bs. i; taka til ráða, ráðs, bragðs, Nj. 19, 75, 124; hann tók til ráða skjótt, 19; enn þó munu vér þat bragðs taka, 199; hvat skal nú til ráða taka, 124; ef hann tekr nökkut íllt til, 26; hverja úhæfu er hann tekr til, Fms. xi. 253; taka til máls, to take to talking, Nj. 16, 71; taka til orðs, or orða, 122, 230, 264; hann tók nú til at segja söguna, to take to telling a story; taka til varnar, to begin the defence, Grág. i. 60, Nj. 271; nú er þar til at taka, at …, 74; er blót tóku til, Landn. 111; þá tók til ríki Svía-konungs, Fms. iv. 118; um Slésvík þar sem Dana-ríki tók til, xi. 417: to concern, þat mun taka til yðar, Hom. 150; þetta mál er til konungs tók, Fms. xi. 105; láta til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with, Band. 23 new Ed.; Gísl lét fátt til sín taka, Fms. vii. 30; vil ek nú biðja þik at þú létir ekki til þín taka um tal várt, Nj. 184: to have recourse to, þú tekr eigi til þeirra liðsinnis ef ekki þarf, Fms. vii. 17, Grág. i. 41; taka til segls, Eg. 573, Fms. ix. 22; taka til sunds, 24; taka til e-s, to note, mark, with dislike:—taka undir, to take under a thing; hann tók undir kverkina, took her by the chin, Nj. 2; þá tók Egill undir höfða-hlut Skalla-grími, Eg. 398: to undertake, þat mál er þeir skyldi sjálfir undir taka, Hkr. i. 266; þá skal hann taka undir þá sömu þjónostu, Ó. H. 120: to back, second, hann kvaðsk ekki mundu taka undir vandræði þeirra, Nj. 182; undir þann kviðling tók Rúnolfr goði, ok sótti Hjalta um goðgá, Bs. i. 17: ek mun taka undir með þér ok styðja málit, Fms. xi. 53; hann tók ekki undir þat ráð, Fb. ii. 511; þau tóku undir þetta léttliga, seconded it readily, Ld. 150; hann tók seinliga undir, Nj. 217; hann hafði heyrt tal þeirra ok tók undir þegar, ok kvað ekki saka, Ld. 192: göra tilraun hversu þér tækit undir þetta, Fb. i. 129: to echo, blésu herblástr svá at fjöllin tóku undir, Fas. i. 505; taka undir söng, to accompany singing:—taka við, to receive; nú tóktú svá við sverði þessu, Fms. i. 15; siðan hljópu menn hans, enn hann túk við þeim, 105; jörð tekr við öldri, Hm.; til þess er akkerit tók við, grappled, took hold, Dan. holde igen, Fms. x. 135. v. l.; þar til er sjár tók við honum, Edda 153 (pref.); taka við ríki, Eg. 241, Fms. i. 7; taka við trú, Nj. 158, 159; taka við handsölum á e-u, 257; ef maðr görr við at taka við dæmdum úmaga, Grág. i. 258; taka vel við e-m, to receive well, Nj. 5; ekki torleiði tekr við yðr, no obstacle stops you, Al. 120; þeir tóku við vel ok vörðusk, made a bold resistance, Fms. i. 104; eggjuðu sumir at við skyldi taka, vii. 283; at þeir skyldi verja landit, en þeir vildu eigi við taka, xi. 386; ganga fram á mel nökkurn, ok segir Hrútr at þeir mundu þar við taka, Ld. 62; þar stóð steinn einn mikill, þar bað Kjartan þá við taka, 220; seg þú æfi-sögu þína, Ásmundr, en þá skal Egill við taka, tell thy life’s tale, Asmund, and then shall Egil take his turn, Fas. iii. 374; tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off:—taka yfir, hann vildi eigi til ráða nema hann ætlaði at yfir tæki, Fms. iv. 174; þeir munu allt til vinna, at yfir taki með oss, Nj. 198; at eyrendi þeirra skyldi eigi lyktuð né yfir tekin, Fms. iv. 224.V. to take to, begin:1. with infin., tóku menn at binda sár sín, Eg. 93; hann tók at yrkja þegar er hann var ungr, 685; hans afli tók at vaxa, Fms. viii. 47; á þeim veg er ek tæka ganga, Sks. 3; taka at birtask, 568; tekr at dimma, birta … rigna, it gets dim, takes to darken … rain; allt þat er hann tekr at henda, Nj. 5; þá tók at lægja veðrit, 124; tók þá at morna, 131; tók þá at nátta, Fms. ix. 54; kvölda tekr = Lat. vesperascit, Luke xxiv. 29.2. in other phrases, taka á rás, to take to running, to run, Nj. 253, Eg. 216, 220, Eb. 62 (hófu á rás, 67 new Ed.), Hrafn. 7: ellipt., tók bogmaðr ok hans menn á land upp undan, they took to the inland and escaped, Fms. ix. 275; tók hann þegar upp um brú, viii. 169; svá íllt sem nú er frá at taka (to escape, shun), þá mun þó síðarr verr, Fs. 55; taka flótta, to take to flight, Hm. 30; Eirekr tók út ór stofunni, took out of the room, ran out, Sturl. ii. 64; þeir tóku út eitt veðr allir, stood out to sea with the same wind, Fb. ii. 243.VI. with dat., to take to, receive (perh. ellipt. for taka við- e-u); jarl tók vel sendi-mönnum ok vináttu-málum konungs, Fms. i. 53; konungr tók honum vel ok blíðliga, vii. 197; tekit mundu vér hafa kveðju þinni þóttú hefðir oss fyrri fagnat, Ld. 34; Grímr tók því seinliga, Eg. 764; Sigurðr tók því máli vel, 38, Fms. x. 2; konungr tók þá vel orðum Þórólfs, Eg. 44; hann tók því þakksamliga, Fms. i. 21; taka vel þeirra eyrendum, x. 33; Barði tók þessu vel, Ld. 236; Hákon tók því seinliga, Fms. i. 74; eigi mun konungr taka því þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, Eg. 59; tók Brynjólfr þá sættum fyrir Björn, 168; Njáll átti hlut at, at þeir skyldi taka sættum, Nj. 120; taka handsölum á fé, 257; taka heimildum á e-u, Fms. x. 45; taka fari, Grág. ii. 399, Nj. 111, 258 (see far); taka bóli, to take a farm (on lease), Gþl. 328, 354; mun ek máli taka fyrir alla Íslenzka menn þá er á skipi eru, speak for them, Bs. i. 421.VII. impers. it is taken; hann brá upp hendinni ok tók hana af honum ok höfuðit af konunginum, Nj. 275; ok tók af nasarnar, Fms. x. 135, v. l.; þá tók af veðrit (acc.), the weather ‘took up’ (as is said in North of England), the storm abated. Fas. i. 157; svá at þar tæki af vega alla, all roads were stopped, Fms, iii. 122; af þeim tók málit ok görask úfærir, Fas. ii. 549; kom á höndina fyrir ofan úlflið svá at af tók, Nj. 84; kom á fótinn svá at af tók, 123; þá tók efa af mörgum manni, Fms. iii. 8; sýnina tekr frá e-m, to become blind, x. 339; undan kúnni tók nyt alla, Eb. 316; jafnskjótt tók ór verkinn allan, Fms. iv. 369; tók út skip Þangbrands ór Hitará, she drifted out, Bs. i. 15; í þat mund dags er út tók eykðina, when the time of ‘eykð’ was nearly passed, Fms. xi. 136; um várit er sumar-hita tók, when the summer heat set in, Fs. 67; réru svá skjótt at ekki tók (viz. þá) á vatni, Fms. vii. 344.2. as a naut. term, to clear, weather a point; veðr var litið ok tók þeim skamt frá landi, the weather was still, and they kept close in shore, Fms. vi. 190: hence the mod. naut. phrase, e-m tekr, to clear, weather; mér tók fyrir nesit, I cleared, weathered the ness; vindr þver, svo að þeim tekr ekki.3. þar er eigi of tekr torf eðr grjót, where neither is at hand, Grág. ii. 262; þau dæmi tekr til þessa máls, the proofs of this are, that when …, Hom. 127.B. Reflex., takask mikit á hendr, to take much in hand, Band. 3, Nj. 228, Fms. i. 159; tókumk ek þat á hendr, xi. 104; láta af takask, to let oneself be deprived of, Eg. 296; takask e-n á hendr.2. to be brought about, take effect, succeed; cp. þykkir mikit í hættu hversu þér teksk, Ld. 310; þat tóksk honum, he succeeded, Bárð. 167; tekst þá tveir vilja, it succeeds when two will, i. e. joint efforts prevail, a saying:—takask til, to happen; Ásgrími tóksk svá til (it so happened to A.), sem sjaldan var vant, at vörn var í máii hans, Nj. 92; ef svá vill til takask. Fas. i. 251; svá erviðliga sem þeim hafði til tekizk at herja á þá feðga, Fms. i. 184; mér hefir úgiptuliga tekizk, Ld. 252; þætti mér allmiklu máli skipta at þér tækisk stórmannliga, that thou wouldst behave generously, Hkr. ii. 32; hefir þetta svá tekizk sem ván var at, er hann var barn at aldri, 268.3. to take place, begin; tóksk orrosta, Nj. 8; teksk þar orrosta, 122; ráð takask, of a marriage; en ef þá takask eigi ráðin, if the wedding takes not place then, Grág. i. 311; lýkr svá at ráðin skyldi takask, 99; ráð þau skyldi takask at öðru sumri, Eg. 26, Fms. x. 40: to be realised, hvatamaðr at þessi ferð skyldi takask, Ld. 240; síðan er mægð hafdi tekizk með þeim, since they had intermarried, Eg. 37; takask með þeim góðar ástir, they came to love one another much, of newly-married people, passim; féráns dómr teksk, Grág. i. 95; takask nú af heimboðin, to cease, Ld. 208; ok er allt mál at ættvíg þessi takisk af, 258.II. recipr., takask orðum, to speak to one another, Fms. xi. 13; ok er þeir tókusk at orðum, spurði hann …, Eg. 375; bræðr-synir takask arf eptir, entreat one another, Gþl. 241; ef menn takask fyrir árar eða þiljur, take from one another, 424: takask á, to wrestle, Bárð. 168; takask fangbrögðum, Ld. 252, Ísl. ii. 446: takask í hendr, to shake hands, Grág. i. 384, Nj. 3, 65.III. part. tekinn; vóru þá tekin ( stopped) öll borgar-hlið ok vegar allir, at Norðmönnum kæmi engi njósn, Fms. vi. 411: Steinþórr var til þess tekinn, at …, S. was particularly named as …, Eb. 32, 150; hann var til þess tekinn, at honum var verra til hjóna en öðrum mönnum, Grett. 70 new Ed. (cp. mod. usage, taka til e-s, to wonder at): lá hann ok var mjök tekinn, very ill, Sturl. i. 89: Álfhildr var þungliga tekin, ok gékk henni nær dauða, Fms. iv. 274; hann var mjök tekinn ok þyngdr af líkþrá, ii. 229; þú ert Ílla at tekin fyrir vanheilsu sakir, vii. 244; ú-tekin jörð, an untaken, unclaimed estate, Sturl. iii. 57, Gþl. 313.2. at af teknum þeim, except, Fms. x. 232; at af teknum úvinum sínum, 266, (Latinism.) -
83 VERA
* * *I)(er; var, várum or vórum; verit), v.1) to be, exist; þeir menn vóru, er, there were men who;2) to be, happen; þat var, at hón fór brott, so it was that she went away; en er váraði, var þar búskortr, there was scarcity in the household; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her! þat var einn dag, at, it happened one day that; kann (má) v., at, it is possible, it may be that;3) to last; meðan þingit væri, while the Thing lasted;4) láta e-n v., to leave one alone (lát mik v. ok ger mér ekki illt); bað hann láta v., begged him to leave it undone, not to do it;5) to dwell, stay; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, he asked her to stay in his booth; hann var á Höskuldsstöðum um nótt, he passed a night at H.;6) with infin., hlymr var at heyra, a clattering was to be heard; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen; v. at gera e-t, to be doing a thing; kvað hann v. at telja silfr, said he was counting the money; denoting necessity, a thing about to happen, or to be done; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now all those must go out to whom leave is given; er nú eigi Kára at varast, now there is no need to beware of K.; nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now it is to be told that; nú er at segja frá Skamkatli, now we must tell of S.;7) with a predicate (noun, a., or adv.); v. konungr, Jarl, biskup, to be king, earl, bishop; v. glaðr, sæll, hryggr, ungr, gamall, to be glad, happy, sad, young, old; v. vel, illa til e-s, to be well, ill-disposed towards one; þat er illa, it is sad; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently; orð kvað þá Vingi þats án veri, words which he had better not have said;8) impers., e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold;9) with past participles in passive sense; v. kallaðr, sagðr, tekinn, to be called, said, taken;10) with preps., v. af e-u, to be off, out of (v. af klæðum); v. at e-u, to be busy at; verkmenn váru at arningu, they were ploughing; to be present (þar varstu at); ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers; v. eptir, to be left, remain (A. kvazt vilja v. eptir ok hvílast); v. fyrir, to lead ( see fyrir); v. til, to exist; v. um, undir, see um, undir.f.1) stay, sojourn; ef hann á sér í vá veru, if he has a corner to stay in;2) comfort (slíkt er válaðs v.).* * *older form vesa, the verb substantive; pres. em, ert, er, pl. erum, eruð, eru: pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pl. váru or vóru; a obsolete óru occurs, Sæm. (once), Orkn. 426. l. 11, Nj. 81, Thom. 28, 90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Ísl. ii. 482: pres. subj. sé, sér (Vþm. 4, 7), sé; the older form is sjá, en ek sjá, Clem. 138. l. 14; at ek sjá, … ok sé mér eigi reiðr, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the forms sják, sjákk, see below: the mod. forms are sé, sért, sér (eg sé, þú sért; s ert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5): imperat. ver, vertú; see Gramm. p. xxiii: there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22, Ls. 54; þatz án veri, Am. 36; skósmiðr þú verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.A. CHANGES AND FORMS.—Vera is an anomalous verb, which has undergone several changes:I. by changing s to r; of the older form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas; pres. subj. vesi; imperat. ves, MS. 623. 25. l. 14, 645. 6l. l. 33, 677. 40. l. 38; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. l. 27, 229. l. 12; vesum, Hom. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. l. 8; pres. indic. 2nd pers. est, Glúm. 372; 3rd pers. es: but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plur. indic. and subj. (váru væri, never vásu væsi). Rhymes in poets and the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alone existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 12th century, the time of Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Norway, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or so earlier; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) are distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r: the phrase ‘at upp vesandi sólu’, in N. G. L. i. 4, being the only instance of the s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of a rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rögnvald, earl of the Orkneys; he was a native of Norway, born about A. D. 1100, and the poem was composed about A. D. 1145; another instance is ‘vara, fara’ in Fms. vii. 185, in a poem about A. D. 1140, written by an Icelander who had lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore a Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snorri, A. D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnórr, and coeval poets; vesa, vísi; sás með Sygna ræsi; þági vas sem þessum; vask til Róms í háska; vastu, kosta; vas fyrir Mikkjals- messu; nú es um verk þau er vísi; bráskat þat dægr háski: from A. D. 1100–1150, Geisli, Pd., etc., svás, ræsir; esat, risnu; vasa, tysvar; vestu. freistni; vestu, traustla: on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rögvald, vera, skera; gera, vera; var, skar (twice): from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, erðu, fyrðum; ertú, h jarta; verðú, f orðast, Leiðarv. etc. This may sometimes serve as a test, e. g. var ek nær viðr-eign þ eirra, Grett., and skap-kers saman vera, Gísl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the early Saga time; the verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.2. as to the spelling of the MSS.,—the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Eluc. 674, the Íb. etc.) use the s throughout: vellums of the next period, about A. D. 1200 (e. g. Arna-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later form sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts máldagi gives ‘es,’ not ‘er.’ Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such as the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm., the Grág., and the Mork., the mod. spelling has entirely got the better of the old, and an ‘es’ only creeps in, as if unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alone has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rest have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted above; such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda; but had that vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, etc. would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems.3. on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers. pret. sing. is a word of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, e. g. ias vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and 101 (on a stone of the reign of Sweyn, died A. D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present the later form: the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, being of the middle of the 11th century (Ingvar died A. D. 1039); there we read, ‘vas’ (twice), ‘varinn’ (once), ‘var’ (thrice, being twice spelt with ᛦ, once with ᚱ): this shews that about this time in Sweden the later or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was still remembered.II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negation; em’k (tautologically ek em’k = I-am-I), emk, Ad. 1, Vþm. 8, Fms. xi. 91; ek emk, Mork. 89. l. 13, 104. l. 23, Clem. 136. l. 20, 138. l. 13; vask, I was, 133. l. 25, Mork. 89. l. 16; vark, Post. 225, v. l. 15; ek vark, Ls. 35; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129. l. 27; es þú, art thou, l. 30, 130. l. 11; sjá’k ( may I be), ek sják, Mork. 134; at sják, 189. l. 29; ek sják, Hbl. 9, Hkv. 1. 20; at ek gjarn sják, Stor.; with double kk, þó at ek sjákk, Mork. 89.2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopated erum, Stor. 1, Ad. 16, Hkv. 1. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (see senna); leið erum-k fjöll, Edda (in a verse); várumk, were to me, Am. 78.3. suff. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in a verse); emkat-ek, am I not I, i. e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm. 18, Ó. H. 192 (in a verse): er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim; eru-ð, are not, Skv. 1. 42; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv.; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. (in a verse); veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. l. 8.III. the plur. eru when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffixed; this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwards disused; þeir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 2. 11; Æsir-ro, the Ases are, Vsp. 49; skildir-ro, shields are, 44; torogætir-ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse); hverjar-ro, which are, Vþm. 48; langir-ro, long are, Gg.; tveir-ro, þrír-ro, fjórir-ro, two, three, four are, Edda 108; báðir-ro, both are, Mork. 169; hér-ro, here are, 234; þér-ro, ye are, MS. 686 B. 1; hryggvir-ro, id.; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; úvar-ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; værrom, vérrom, we are, Edda i. 526, Fms. x. 421; hverrtu [cp. North. E. wh’art’ou, lad] (hverrtú karl, who art thou, carle?), Frissb. 256. l. 8; ir-rot, ye are, Ó. H. 151.IV. the pres. 1st pers. em [Engl. am] has changed into er (eg er, þú ert, hann er), making the 1st and 3rd pers. uniform; this new form appears in vellums about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreviated (ē = em, eͬ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in hymns the old ‘em’ still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth. xxvii. 24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. 1, 5, Matth. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjáls, 1 Cor. ix. 1; em eg orðinn, 20, 22, and passim.B. USAGE.—To be:I. to be, exist; þær sakir skal fyrst dæma, ef þær eru, if such there are, Grág. (Kb.) i. 73; eigi vóru hans jafningjar, Eg. 1; Rachel grét sonu sína, … þvi at þeir eru eigi, Hom. 49; þeir menn vóru, er þess gátu, there were men who, Nj. 90.2. to be, happen; þat var, at hón for brott, Nj. 51; él eitt mun vera, 198; þess sem vera vill, that which is to be, 186; ok er (is) Vagn þá fimtán vetra gamall, er þetta er, when this came to pass, Fms. xi. 97; at þessi orrosta hafi verit á öðrum degi viku, iii. 11; í þann tið var úfriðr Kristnum mönnum, Ver. 43; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er þér, Atli? er þér hryggt í hug, Gkv. 3.3. to last; meðan þingit væri, Nj. 12; hirðit eigi at óttask píslir þeirra—þvíat stund eina eru, 623. 32; meðan líf hans var, Bret. 100; þykkir eigi vera mega svá búit, Fms. xi. 62: to remain, leave alone, láttu það vera, let that be, Flóv.4. to be, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til Róms, I was at Rome, Sighvat; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, Nj. 12; Gunnarr var á Höskuld-stöðum um nótt, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347: so the phrase, biðja að lofa sér að vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller; lofa honum að vera, to take a stranger in; honum var boðit at vera, Vápn. 23; hefi ek hér verit síðan, Nj. 45; Hallkell var þar með Otkatli, 73; þeir vildu eigi vesa hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; vera samvistum við e-n, Grág. ii. 80; vera við e-t, to be present at, Hom. 129: vera at, to be present; vark at þar, Glúm.: vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113; meðan ek em í brautu, 52: sagðisk eigi vita hvar þau væri, were to be found, Dipl. ii. 20; hvar ertu? slá ein var um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; hygg ek at þar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er þér hér nú minja-griprinn, Nj. 203: as with the notion of ‘towards’ a place, an irregular construction, vartú á land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meðan þeir vóru til Danmerkr, Fms. x. 104; Ribbungar höfðu ekki verit út í landit, ix. 359; verit eigi til orrostu, vii. 263, v. l.; vera á fund hans, Eg. 26.5. with prepp.; vera at, to be busy at (see ‘at’ A. II, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to lead (see fyrir): vera til, to exist (see til IV); eiga fjölskyldi, vandræði, um at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII); e-m er mikit, lítið, ekki um e-t (see um C. I. 3); vera við (see við B. VIII).II. with a predicate:1. with a noun, to be so and so; vera bróðir, systir, faðir, sonr, dóttir … e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup …, passim; hvers son ertú?—Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal þer Mörðr vera, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellípt., er þat ekki karla, that is not men’s (affair), 75; er þat ekki margra, ‘that is not for many,’ few are equal to that (cp. Lat. ‘non cuivis homini,’ etc.), 48.2. with adjectives, to be so and so, of a state or condition; vera kunnigr, Fms. x. 370; vera glaðr, sæll, hryggr, dauðr, lifandi, … ungr, gamall, to be glad …, young, old, passim; þó at ek sjákk ótignari, Mork. 89; nema ek dauðr sják, Hbl. 9; þótt ek sják einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn, to be come: so too with adverbs, vera vel, ílla … til e-s, er við e-n, to be, behave well, ill … to one, passim; or also, þat er ílla, it is sad, Nj. 70, 71; ílla er þá, fyrr væri ílla, 75, 260; drengr góðr, þar sem vel skyldi vera, when it was to be, i. e. when she wished, 147; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143; at þú frændr þína vammalaust verir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 22; orð kvað hann þats án veri, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36.3. impers., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grág.; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold, Nj. 95; er auðit, q. v.4. with participles, in a passive sense; vera kallaðr, vera sagðr, tekinn, elskaðr, etc., to be called, said, taken, loved.5. with infin.; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear, i. e. to be heard, Am.; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen, passim.6. ellipt., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing at hand, about to happen, or to be done; ok er hér at þiggja, Hrafn, þann greiða sem þú vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake of what food thou wilt, Ísl. ii. 262; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200; nú er at verja sik, 83; er nú eigi Kára at varask, now there is no need to beware of K., 259; nú er at segja frá, now is to be told, 75, 259; er nú ekki fyrr frá at segja en þeir koma …, 21; er ekki um hans ferðir at tala fyrr en …, 215.III. irregular usages:1. ellipse of the infin. vera; ek skal þér Hrútr, I will [be] Hrútr to thee, Nj. 15; Gunnarr segir sér þat alvöru, G. says it [ is to be] his earnestness, 49; vil ek þá lauss máls þessa, 76; bað hann alla metta at miðri nótt, he begged all eating [ to be over] at midnight, Fms. ix. 353; þá þótti hverjum gott þar sem sat, Nj. 50; at skamt skyli okkar í meðal, 114; mun þín skömm lengi uppi, mun hans vörn uppi meðan landit er bygt, 116, 117: or also ‘var,’ ‘er’ may be understood, hann hafði hjálm á höfði, og gyrðr sverði, 70; sá ek glöggt hvat títt var,—barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju, a bairn in age, and to have slain such a champion! Glúm. 382: the dropping of the infin. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex. forms kveðsk, segjask, látask, þykkjask, virðask, sýnask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjective, as also after the verbs munu, skulu,—thus, hann sagðisk kominn, he said he was come; hann lezt búinn, he made as if he was ready; hann þóttisk staddr, he thought that he was …; skal þat á þínu umdæmi, Fms. xi. 89; þess eins er mér þykkir betr, … til hvers þykkjast þessir menn færir, Hrafn. 17; mun þat harðla lítið, 21; at fátt muni manna á fótum, 20; þú virðisk okkr vaskr maðr, 23; þessi hestr sýnisk mér eigi betri en aðrir, id.2. an irregularity, occurring now and then, is the use of the sing. ‘er’ for plur. eru; mannföll þessi er sögð, Gullþ. 71; nú er fram komin sóknar-gögn, Nj. 242.IV. recipr., erusk, vórusk; viðr-gefendr ok endr-gefendr erosk lengst vinir, Hm. 40; þeir er í nánd erusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3; þótt þau sésk eigi hjóna, though they be not man and wife, K. Þ. K. 158; ok városk góðir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89; ok várusk þeir fóstbræðr, 55.V. as to the poët. medial form, erumk, várumk (see ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil: grimmt várumk hlið, the breach was cruel to me, Stor.; erumk-a leitt, it is not to me, Eg. (in a verse); erumka þokkt þjóða sinni, see sinni II; mærðar-efni erumk auð-skæf, Ad.; mjök erum(k) tregt tungu at hræra, it is hard for me to move the tongue, Stor. 1; (hence one might correct the end verse of that poem into nú ‘erumk’ torvelt, for the modernised nú ‘er mér’ torvelt); blautr erumk bergi-fótar borr, Eg. (at the end); to which add, þat erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi; lyst várumk þess, I had a longing to, Am. 74; ván erumk, ‘a hope is to me,’ I hope, Fagrsk. 122; the phrase, títt erumk, ‘tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse).VI. part., allir menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3; æ-verandi, everlasting, Hom. 107; hjá-verandi, being present, Vm. 47; nær-verandis, present; engi nær-verandis maðr, öllum lýð nær-verandis, Th. 77; klerkar ok nær-verandi leikmenn, Mar.; at upp-vesandi sólu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4; verandi eigi úminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230. -
84 VESALL
(vesöl or vesul, vesalt, pl. vesalir or veslir), a.1) poor, destitute, wretched (vesöl arfasáta);2) with gen. wretched in respect of (vesöl eru vér konungs).* * *adj., fem. vesul or vesöl, neut. vesalt. The forms vary, being contracted or uncontracted, veslir, etc., as well as vesalir, etc., whence lastly, vesælir, etc.:α. contr. veslir, veslar, veslum, Al. 57, Th. 6; vesla (acc. pl.), Hom. 109; veslu (gen. fem.), Post. (Unger) 108; veslir, Ó. H. 151, Sks. 681; vesla (gen.), Fms. viii. 242 (vesæla, v. l. of a later vellum); selum ok veslum.β. uncontr. vesala = vesla, Fms. ii. 46; vesala, Post. (Unger) 18 (vesæla, v. l.); vesalir, Al. 96, l. 18; this regular declension is still in full use in Icel. speech, only not contracted, e. g. vesall, vesalingr, vesalir (not veslir); vesæla, Fas. i. 49 (paper MS.): so also in the compar. either vesalli, Greg. 37, Sd. 188; vesalla, 656 C. 34; vesalstr, Kormak, Bjarn. (in a verse); but veslari, Barl. 23 (vesalli, v. l.) Ves is the root, - all the inflexive syllable; the form vesæll is a later form, from a false etymology, as if from vé- privative, and sæll, happy. The origin of vesall is dubious, the radical s is against a derivation from the compar. verri, Goth. wairiza; and the short vowel is against deriving it from vás, vés, q. v. The true etymology, we believe, is that vesall stands for ‘usall,’ being derived from the prep. ur, or-, in its ancient form us; Goth. us-; Icel. ur-, ör-; this etymology is confirmed by form and sense alike; the old phrases, alls vesall ( omnium expers), vesall eigu ( proprii expers), were originally alliterative phrases; in Hm. 22, 69, vesall is made to alliterate with a vowel (vesall maðr ok ílla skapi … erat maðr alls vesall þótt hann sé ílla heill); usall is actually found written in Nj. (Lat.) 264, v. l.; the change of us into ves may be illustrated by the case of várr (q. v.); it is the opposite to that vocalisation of v which so frequently takes place. As to sense, vesall originally meant bereft, destitute of, = Lat. expers; and is followed by a genitive: [the Dan. form is usel, less right ussel.]B. Usages:I. with gen. bereft of; mæl þú alls vesall, Nj. 124, v. l.; ok em ek vesall eigu, bereft of my own, Háv. 42 new Ed.; mæl þú alls usall, Nj. (Lat.) 264, v. l. (but allz vesall the other vellums): wretched in respect to, vesall þóttisk þóttisk hann sinnar úgæfu, Hom. 121; vesall vígs, Am. 58; vesall ertú halds, Dropl. 30; vesöl eru vér konungs, Fms. vi. 322.II. poor, destitute, wretched; þú vesall, Ls. 40, 42; mér vesalli, Stj. 523; bað hana aldri þrífask svá vesul sem hón var, Nj. 194; vesöl vættr, Hom. 150; veslir menn, poor wretches, Ó. H., l. c.; veslir menn ok vitlausir, Barl. 25; aumhjartaðr við alla vesla menn, Hom. 109; þat er veslum til vilnaðar, Al. 57; sú önd er enn vesalli, Greg. 37; þykki mér því betr sem þú görir hana vesalli, Sd. 188; sú önd er vesöl, … enn vesalli (still more wretched), er …, Greg. 37; vei verði mér veslum, Th. 6; sælum ok veslum, Ó. H. 126, Mork. 216; vesælum, Fms. vii. 220, l. c.; sá veit ekki sér vesalla, 656 C. 34, and passim, see A above.III. as a nickname; inn vesæli (= vesli), Fms. vi. 16, 17. -
85 εἰλύω
εἰλύω, Arat.432: [tense] fut. εἰλύσω [ῡ] Il.21.319:—[voice] Med., part. εἰλῡόμενος, [tense] impf. εἰλῡόμην, S.Ph. 702 (lyr.), 291:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. εἴλῡμαι, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. εἰλύαται, [tense] plpf. εἴλῡτο, Il.5.186, Od.20.352, Il.16.640. [[pron. full] ῡ always in Hom. exc. in εἰλῠᾰται, also in S.; [pron. full] ῠ in Metag. (v. infr.), and late [dialect] Ep., Arat.432, Nic.Al.18 (butA ).]:—enfold, enwrap, [voice] Act. once in Hom.,κὰδ δέ μιν αὐτὸν εἰλύσω ψαμάθοισι Il.21.319
; l. c.:—[voice] Pass., to be wrapped, covered,βοέῃς εἰλυμένω ὤμους Il.17.492
;εἰλυμένοι αἴθοπι χαλκῷ 18.522
;νεφέλῃ εἰλυμένος ὤμους 5.186
;αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν εἴλῡτο 16.640
;εἴλυτο δὲ πάνθ' ἁλὸς ἄχνῃ Od.5.403
; , cf. Il.12.286.II [voice] Pass., after Hom., = ἰλυσπάομαι, crawl, wriggle along, of a lame man, ; εἰλυόμενος, παῖς ἄτερ ὡς.. τιθήνας ib. 702; of a shoal of fish, Metag. 6.4.2 in Theoc.25.246 εἰλυθείς is used like ἐλυσθείς in Hom., rolled up, crouching; but εἰλυμένος is part. of ἐλύω (q. v.) in A.R. 3.296. -
86 εἴδω
εἴδω, no [voice] Act. [tense] pres. in use, ὁράω being used:—[voice] Med., v.infr. A.11: [tense] aor. 2 [full] εἶδον always in sense ofA see (so in [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med., to be seen, i.e. seem): but [tense] pf. [full] οἶδα, in [tense] pres. sense, know. (With ἔ-ϝιδον, cf. ([etym.] ϝ) είδομαι, (ϝ) εῖδος, Lat. videre; with ([etym.] ϝ) οῖδα, cf. Skt. véda, Goth. wait, OE. wát 'know'.)A [tense] aor. 2 εἶδον (late ), serving as [tense] aor. to ὁράω, [dialect] Ep. ἴδον, iter.ἴδεσκε Il.3.217
, late [dialect] Aeol.εὔιδον Epigr.Gr.990.11
([place name] Balbilla); imper. ἴδε (in [dialect] Att. written as Adv. ἰδέ, behold! Hdn.Gr.2.23), ἴδετε; subj. ἴδω, [dialect] Ep.ἴδωμι Il.18.63
; opt. ἴδοιμι; inf. ἰδεῖν, [dialect] Ep. ἰδέειν; part. ἰδών: hence, [tense] fut.ἰδησῶ Theoc.3.37
:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 εἰδόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἰδόμην, in same sense, poet., [dialect] Ion., and later Prose (c. gen., Arat.430) (so in compds., even in [dialect] Att. Prose, v. ἐπ-, προ-, ὑπ-ειδόμην); imper. ἰδοῦ (freq. written as Adv. ἰδού, = ἰδέ); subj. ἴδωμαι; opt. ἰδοίμην; inf. ἰδέσθαι; part.ἰδόμενος Hdt.1.88
, al.:1 see, perceive, behold, ὀφθαλμοῖσι or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι ἰδέσθαι see before the eyes, Il.1.587, etc.;ἰδεῖν ἐν ὄμμασιν E.Or. 1020
; ἄγε, πειρήσομαι ἠδὲ ἴδωμαι well, I will try and see, Od.6.126, cf. 21.159; mark, observe, Il.4.476, Od.4.412, etc.: folld. by relat. clause,ἴδωμ' ὅτιν' ἔργα τέτυκται Il.22.450
; : freq. in inf. after Subst. or Adj., θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι a marvel to behold, Il.5.725;οἰκτραῖσιν ἰδεῖν A.Pr. 240
;ἐλεινὸς ἰδεῖν Pl.R. 620a
.c see, i.e. experience,νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι Od.3.233
, etc.;δούλειον ἦμαρ ἰδεῖν E.Hec.56
;ἀέλιον ἕτερον ἰδεῖν S.Tr. 835
;τὴν δίκην ἰδεῖν Id.Ant. 1270
(lyr.); ἀλόχου κουριδίης.. οὔ τι χάριν ἴδε he saw (i.e. enjoyed) not the favour of his wedded wife, Il.11.243.2 look, ἰδεῖν ἐς .. look at or towards, 2.271, etc.; ἰδεῖν ἐπί .. 23.143; πρός .. Od.12.244; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι look him in the face, Il.9.373, etc.;κατ' ἐνῶπα ἰδών 15.320
; ἄντα, ἐσάντα, or ἄντην ἰδεῖν, 13.184, 17.334, Od.5.78, etc.: qualified by Adv. or Adj., ὑπόδρα ἰδών looking askance, Il.1.148, al.; ἀχρεῖον ἰδών looking helpless, 2.269; κέρδος ἰδεῖν look to gain, A.Eu. 541 (lyr.).3 see mentally, perceive, ἰδέσθαι ἐν φρεσίν ' to see in his mind's eye', Il.21.61, cf. 4.249;ἰδεῖν τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl.R. 511a
.II [voice] Med., [tense] pres. [full] εἴδομαι, [dialect] Ep.ἐείδεται Theoc.25.58
, part.ἐειδόμενος Pi.
N..10.15: [tense] aor. εἰσάμην, [dialect] Ep. part.ἐεισάμενος Il. 2.22
, al.:—only [dialect] Ep.and Lyr., to be seen, appear, εἴδεται ἄστρα they are visible, appear, 8.559;εἰ. ἦμαρ ὑπὸ Τρώεσσι δαμῆναι 13.98
;εἴσατο δέ σφι δεξιός 24.319
;ὅπη τὸ Ταρτάρειον εἴδεται βάθρον Epigr.Gr.1034.19
([place name] Callipolis), cf. Od.5.283; perh. also οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο none of the skin was visible, Il.13.191.2 c. inf., appear or seem to be, ; , etc.: with inf. omitted,οἱ τό γε κέρδιον εἴσατο θυμῷ 19.283
, etc.;οὐ μέν μοι κακὸς εἴδεται Il.14.472
, cf. Theoc. 25.58; also, look like or make a show of.., εἴσατ' ἴμεν ἐς Λῆμνον he made a show of going to Lemnos, Od.8.283; εἴσατο δ' ὡς ὅτε ῥινόν it had the look as of a shield, 5.281.3 strictly middle, c. dat., εἴσατο φθογγὴν Πολίτῃ she made herself like Polites in voice, Il.2.791, cf. 20.81;αὐδὴν εἰσάμενός τινι Rhian.50
: esp. in part., like,εἰδομένη κήρυκι Il.2.280
, etc.;τῷ δ' ὄψιν ἐειδόμενος Pi.N.10.15
;εἰδόμενος τοκεῦσιν A.Ag. 771
(lyr.);φάσμα εἰδόμενόν τινι Hdt.6.69
.B [tense] pf., οἶδα I know, used as [tense] pres.: [tense] plpf. ᾔδεα (v. infr.), I knew, used as [tense] impf.:—[tense] pf. οἶδα, [dialect] Aeol.ὄϊδα Alc. 145
; [ per.] 2sg. οἶδας once in Hom., Od.1.337, cf. h.Merc. 456, Thgn.491, Hippon.89, Hp.Acut.67, E.Alc. 780, Philem.44.3 codd.; οἶσθα elsewh. in Hom., [dialect] Att., etc.; in Com. also sts.οἶσθας Cratin.105
, Alex.15.11, Men.348.5, cf. Herod.2.55; pl., ἴσμεν, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Dor. ἴδμεν, also [dialect] Ion., Hdt.1.6, al.; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- Od.2.211, al., but ῑς- ib. 283, al.];οἴδαμεν Hdt.2.17
,οἴδατε AP12.81
(Mel.),οἴδᾱσι Hdt.2.43
, X.Oec. 20.14 codd.; dual,οἴδατον Socr.Ep.22.1
: imper. ἴσθι, ἴστω, [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω, late codd.: from [ per.] 3pl. ἴσασι (ἴσαντι Epich. 53
) were formed [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1sg.ἴσᾱμι Epich.254
, Pi.P.4.248; [ per.] 3sg.ἴσατι IG14.644.4
([place name] Bruttii); [ per.] 1pl.ἴσᾰμεν Pi.N.7.14
, ἴσαμες prob. in Dialex. 6.12; Cret. [ per.] 3pl. subj. ; inf. ϝισάμην Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn 34 No.3.19; part.ἴσας A.D.Adv.175.19
, dat. sg.ἴσαντι Pi.P.3.29
, Cret. pl. : subj. εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, Il.14.235, Od.16.236), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. (Halic., V B.C.); [dialect] Ep. alsoεἴδω Od.1.174
, al. (cf. Hdn. Gr.2.131),εἴδομεν Il.1.363
,εἴδετε Od.9.17
: opt. εἰδείην, [ per.] 1pl. , R. 582a: inf. εἰδέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, alsoἰδέμεν Pi.N.7.25
: part. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, [dialect] Ep. also ἰδυῖα, Elean :—[tense] plpf.ᾔδεα Il.14.71
, Hdt.2.150, [var] contr.ᾔδη S.Ant.18
, Ar.Av. 511, Pl.Smp. 119a,ᾔδησθα Od.19.93
, Eup. 416, etc. (but ᾔδεισθα freq. in codd., Ar.Ec. 551, E.Cyc. 108, Pl.Men. 80d, al.), ᾔδεε ([etym.] ν) Il.17.402, al.,ᾔδη 1.70
, al. (also later [dialect] Att., acc. to Aristarch. ap. Choerob.in Theod.2.86), [dialect] Att. [var] contr. ᾔδει ([etym.] ν) E. Ion 1187, Ar.V. 558, etc.; [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἠείδης, ἠείδη (v.l. - εις, - ει), Il.22.280, Od.9.206; [dialect] Att. also [ per.] 1sg.ᾔδειν D.37.24
, [ per.] 2sg. , etc.; pl.,ᾔδειμεν Aeschin.3.82
, Arist.APo. 87b40,ᾔδεμεν Men.14D.
(to be read in S.OT 1232),ᾔδειτε D.55.9
, etc. ( ᾔδετε prob. in E.Ba. 1345), [dialect] Ion.ᾐδέατε Hdt.9.58
([etym.] συν-), ᾔδεισαν LXX Ge.42.23
, Str.15.3.23,ᾔδεσαν Hdt.7.175
, Thgn.54, etc.; late [dialect] Ep. ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, A.R.2.65,4.1700, also ᾖσμεν, ᾖστε, ᾖσαν, Ar.Fr.149.4 (prob.), S.Fr. 340, E. Cyc. 231, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.ἴσαν Il.18.405
, Od.4.772:—[tense] fut., in this sense,εἴσομαι Il.1.548
, Hp.VM20, Ar.Ach. 332, etc.; alsoεἰδήσω Od.7.327
, Hdt.7.234, Isoc.1.44, Aen.Tact.31.5, Arist.Top. 108a28, Herod.5.78, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Praef., etc.; inf.εἰδησέμεν Od.6.257
.—The [tense] aor. and [tense] pf. are usu. supplied by γιγνώσκω; [tense] aor. 1 inf. εἰδῆσαι is found in Hp.Acut.(Sp.) 22, Epid.6.8.25 (ἐξ-), Arist.EN 1156b27, Thphr.Char. Prooem.4; imper.εἴδησον PCair.Zen.36.2
(iii B.C.); [ per.] 3pl. subj. εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No. 190 (ii/i B.C.):—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, Hom., etc.: c. acc. rei, ; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, Od.2.122, Il.18.363, etc.: less freq. c. acc. pers.,τούτους μὲν δὴ οἶδα Od.4.551
, cf. Pl.R. 365e, D.54.34, etc.; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, Hdt.1.6, etc.;παλαίτατος ὧν ἀκοῇ ἴσμεν Th.1.4
: strengthd. by εὖ or σάφα, εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι know well, be assured of this, E.Med. 593;σάφ' οἶδ' ἐγώ A.Supp. 740
, etc.: freq. in Hom. with neut. Adj., to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, Il.24.41; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, Od.9.189; αἴσιμα, ἄρτια ᾔδη, 14.433, 19.248; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, Il.16.73;φίλα εἰδότες ἀλλήλοισιν Od.3.277
; κεχαρισμένα, πεπνυμένα εἰδώς, 8.584, 24.442: c. gen.,ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων Il. 12.229
;ὃς πάσης εἰδῇ σοφίης 15.412
; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow, 2.718;αἰχμῆς ἐῢ εἰ. 15.525
;οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς Od.1.202
;ἐῢ εἰδὼς τεκτοσυνάων 5.250
;μάχης ἐῢ εἰδότε πάσης Il.2.823
;κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360
; ;εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης 23.665
;θεοπροπίων ἐῢ εἰδώς 6.438
; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him, 14.235, Hdt.3.21, etc.: imper., freq. in protestations, ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness, Il.10.329;ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα 15.36
, etc.; [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc., Ar.Ach. 860, etc.: part. εἰδώς, abs., one who knows, one acquainted with the fact,ἰδυίῃ πάντ' ἀγορεύω Il.1.365
;μετ' εἰδόσιν ἀγορεύειν 10.250
;μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν Th.2.36
, cf. 3.53;μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος Pl.R. 337d
, etc.; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, Il.1.608,al.2 c. inf., know how to do,οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238
, cf. S.Ph. 1010, Ar.V. 376; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, E.Med. 664, D.4.40; of drugs,ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε Alex.
Trall.Febr.6; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 B.; learn, .3 c. part., to know that such and such is the fact, the part. being in nom. when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, A.Ag. 1670;ἴστω ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφεοῦ ἀποθανών Hdt.4.76
; : in acc. when it is predicate of the Object, ; : with part. omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (sc. ὄντα) Jul.Or.7.226a.4 less freq.c.acc. et inf.,πλήθους.. ἂν σάφ' ἴσθ' ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι A.Pers. 337
, cf. S.Ph. 1329;εὖ ἴσθι τοῦτον.. ἰσχυρῶς ἀνιᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.3.44
; alsoεὖ τόδ' ἴσθι, μηδάμ' ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ πλῆθος τοσουτάριθμον ἀνθρώπων θανεῖν A.Pers. 431
;ἕν γ' ἀκούσασ' ἴσθι, μὴ ψευδῶς μ' ἐρεῖν E.IA 1005
.5 c. acc. folld. by ὡς, ὅτι, etc.,οἶδα κἀμαυτὴν ὅτι ἀλγῶ S.El. 332
;ἐάν τινα εἰδῶσιν ὅτι ἄδικός ἐστι Pl.Prt. 323b
, etc.6 οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ .. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sts. with ἄν transposed,οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε E. Alc.48
, cf. D.45.7: with Verb omitted after εἰ, as οὐκ οἶδ' εἴ τις ἄλλος perhaps no other, Isoc.6.1, 12.10.7 in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως I know not how, Pl.R. 40cb;οὐκ οἶδ' ὁπόθεν Id.Cra. 396d
.8 οἶδα, ἴσθι are freq. parenthetic, ; σάφ' οἶδα ib.94, 963; also οἶδ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, πάρειμι δ' ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ' ὅτι (sc. πάρειμι ) I know it well, S.Ant. 276; οἶδ' ὅτι, freq. in D., as 9.1, al.;σάφ' ἴσθ' ὅτι Ar.Pl. 889
:—οἶσθ' ὅ, οἶσθ' ὡς, with imper., are common in Trag. and Com., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, Ar.Eq. 1158, cf. Pax 1051, etc.; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; S.OT 543; also οἶσθ'.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς; Id.OC75; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθω; E.IT 1203: rarely with the [tense] fut., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); Id.Cyc. 131, cf. Med. 600 codd. -
87 θάλλω
θάλλω, Hes.Op. 173, h.Cer. 402, etc.: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηλα ([etym.] ἀν-) Ael.NA2.25, 9.21: [tense] aor. 2Aθάλε h.Hom.19.33
; , Ep.Phil. 4.10: [tense] pf. τέθηλα, in Hom. only part. in [tense] pres. sense τεθηλώς, [dialect] Ep. fem. τεθᾰλυῖα, and [ per.] 3sg. [tense] plpf.τεθήλει Od.5.69
; [ per.] 3sg. ind. , Emp.77, S.Ph. 259; [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor.τέθᾱλα Sapph.Supp.25.12
, Pi.Fr.129.5, B.9.40, IG3.171; subj. τεθήλῃ Epigr. ap. Pl.Phdr. 264d; inf. ; part. τεθᾱλώς prob. in A.Supp. 107(lyr.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. θᾰλήσομαι ([etym.] ἀνα-) AP7.281 (Heraclid.): (cf. θηλέω):—sprout, grow, thrive, esp. of fruit-trees,ἐρινεὸς.. φύλλοισι τεθηλώς Od.12.103
; τεθήλει δὲ σταφυλῇσι, of a vine, 5.69; ἄνθεσι γαῖα θάλλει h.Cer.l.c.; <δένδρεα> τέθηλε καρπῶν ἀφθονίῃσι Emp.77
;ὦ χρυσέᾳ κόμᾳ θάλλων Λοξία Pi.I.7(6).49
;πώγωνι θάλλων S.Ichn.358
: abs.,καρπὸν τρὶς ἔτεος θάλλοντα Hes.Op. 173
; (lyr.), etc.: freq. in [tense] pf. part., as Adj., luxuriant,τεθαλυῖά τ' ὀπώρη Od.11.192
;τεθαλυῖά τ' ἀλωή 6.293
: also, c. acc. cogn., οὐ δένδρε' ἔθαλλεν χῶρος the place grew no trees, Pi.O.3.23, cf. AP9.78 (s.v.l., Leon.); ἐν φύλλοισι θαλλούσης βίον ξανθῆς ἐλαίας (Dind. ἴσον) A.Pers. 616; simply, bloom, Thphr.HP1.1.2; but of σίκυοι, etc., .b of other natural objects, τεθαλυῖά τ' ἐέρση copious dew, Od. 13.245; ῥάχιν τεθαλυῖαν ἀλοιφῇ rich with fat, Il.9.208, cf. Od.13.410; εἰλαπίνῃ τεθαλυίῃ at a sumptuous feast, 11.415.2 of persons, states or conditions, bloom,θ. ἁπαλὸν χρόα Archil.100
; thrive, flourish,Εἰρήνη τεθαλυῖα Hes.Th. 902
; θάλλοισα εὐδαιμονία, ἀρετά, Pi.P. 7.19, I.5(4).17;πατρὸς θάλλοντος S.Ant. 703
, cf. Ph. 420, etc.; ζῶν καὶ θάλλων alive and prosperous, Id.Tr. 235; ζῇ καὶ θάλλει [ἡ παίδευσις] Antipho Soph.60;θάλε πόθος h.Hom.19.33
;Ἔρως ἐπὶ Χαλκιδέων θάλλει πόλεσιν Carm.Pop.44
;Ἔρως τότε μὲν θ. τε καὶ ζῇ, ὅταν εὐπορήσῃ, τότε δὲ ἀποθνῄσκει Pl.Smp. 203e
;θ. καὶ εὐδαιμονεῖ χώρα καὶ πόλις Id.Lg. 945d
: c. dat. modi,θάλλουσιν δ' ἀγαθοῖσι Hes.Op. 236
; ἀγλαΐῃ τεθαλυῖαι [δμῳαί] Id.Sc. 276; τοῖσι (sc. ἀνδράσι)τέθηλε πόλις Id.Op. 227
;πόλις ἐλευθερίᾳ τεθαλυῖα Simon.102
;θ. ἀρεταῖς Pi.O.9.16
;ἐλπίδι B.9.40
;εὐγενεῖ τέκνων σπορᾷ S.Ant. 1164
; ;δαίμων ἀφθίτῳ θ. βίῳ Critias25.17D.
;θ. ἐπὶ γυμνάδος ἔργοις Epigr.Gr.233
([place name] Chios).3 of disease and the like , in bad sense, to be fresh, active,ἡ δ' ἐμὴ νόσος ἀεὶ τέθηλε S.Ph. 259
; πήματα.. ἀεὶ θάλλοντα μᾶλλον ἢ καταφθίνοντα waxing, Id.El. 260;ἔρις θάλλει E.Ph. 812
(lyr.): c. dat.,ἀφροσύναις θάλλουσ' Ὕβρις B.14.58
.b τοῖσι αὐτοῖσιν ὅ τε σπλὴν θάλλει καὶ τὸ σῶμα φθίνει the spleen becomes swollen, Hp. Loc.Hom.24; also τεθηλός (in neutral sense) of the liver, Id.VM22. -
88 κύων
Aκύον Il.8.423
,κύων Archipp.6
: pl., nom. κύνες, gen. κυνῶν, dat.κυσί Il.17.272
, al., [dialect] Ep.κύνεσσι 1.4
, acc. κύνας:—dog, bitch, Hom., etc.; of shepherds' dogs, Il.10.183, 12.303; watch-dogs, 22.66; but in Hom. more freq. of hounds, Il.8.338, al.;κυσὶ θηρευτῇσι 11.325
;κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360
; later, when of hounds, mostly in fem., S.Aj.8, E.Hipp.18, etc.;κ. Λάκαινα Pi.Fr. 106
, S.l.c., X. Cyn.10.1, cf. Arist.HA 608a27, al.; Μολοττικαὶ κ. Alexis Hist. ap. Ath.12.54od, etc.; but , cf. Hdt.1.192: prov., κυσὶν πεινῶσιν οὐχὶ βρώσιμα 'not fit for a dog', Com.Adesp.1205.4;χεῖρον ἐρεθίσαι γραῦν ἢ κύνα Men.802
; κύνα δέρειν δεδαρμένην 'flog a dead horse', Pherecr.179; ἡ κ. κατακειμένη ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ 'dog in the manger', Luc.Ind.30, al.; χαλεπὸν χορίω κύνα γεῦσαι it's ill to let a dog 'taste blood', Theoc.10.11; νή or μὰ τὸν κύνα was a favourite oath of Socrates, Pl.Ap. 22a (cf. Sch.), Grg. 482b; used familiarly at Athens, Ar.V.83; οἷς ἦν μέγιστος ὅρκος.. κύων, ἔπειτα χήν· θεοὺς δ' ἐσίγων, of primitive men, Cratin.231.II as a word of reproach, freq. in Hom. of women, to denote shamelessness or audacity; applied by Helen to herself, Il.6.344, 356; by Iris to Athena, 8.423; by Hera to Artemis, 21.481: of the maids in the house of Odysseus, Od.18.338, al.: later, in a coarse sense, Ar.V. 1402; ἡ ῥαψῳδὸς κ., of the Sphinx, S.OT 391, cf.A.Fr. 236 (lyr.); of men,κακαὶ κ. Il.13.623
; implying recklessness, 8.299, 527, Od.17.248, 22.35; also of offensive persons, compared to yapping dogs, LXX Ps.21(22).17, Ep.Phil.3.2; κ. λαίθαργος, = λαθροδήκτης, metaph., of a person, S.Fr. 885, cf. E. Fr. 555: prov.,μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κ. Ev.Matt.7.6
.2 metaph., of persons, watch-dog, guardian, τῶν σταθμῶν κ., of Agamemnon, A. Ag. 896; δωμάτων κ., of Clytemnestra, ib. 607, cf. Ar.Eq. 1023.3 of the Cynics,ἀρέσκει τούτοις κυνῶν μεταμφιέννυσθαι βίον Phld.Sto.Herc. 339.8
: hence, Cynic philosopher, Arist.Rh. 1411a24, AP7.65 (Antip.), 413 (Id.), Plu.2.717c, Ath.5.216b, Epigr. ap. D.L.6.19, 60, Baillet Inscriptions des tombeaux des rois 172.III freq. in Mythology of the servants, agents or watchers of the gods, Διὸς πτηνὸς κύων, of the eagle, A.Pr. 1022, cf. Ag. 136 (lyr.), S.Fr. 884; of the griffins,Ζηνὸς ἀκραγεῖς κ. A.Pr. 803
; of the Furies,μετάδρομοι.. πανουργημάτων ἄφυκτοι κ. S.El. 1388
(lyr.), cf. A.Ch. 924, E.Fr. 383; Pan is the κύων of Cybele, Pi.Fr.96: Pythag., Περσεφόνης κύνες, of the planets, Arist. Fr. 196: so Com., Ἡφαίστου κ., of sparks, Alex.149.16; of various mythical beings, as Cerberus,κ. Ἀΐδαο Il.8.368
, cf. Od.11.623, X. An.6.2.2; Harpies, A.R.2.289; of Hecate, in Mithraic worship, Porph.Abst.4.16; of theΒάκχαι, Λύσσας κ. E.Ba. 977
(lyr.); Λέρνας κ., of the hydra, Id.HF 420 (lyr.); of a great fish,Τρίτωνος κ. Lyc. 34
.IV dog-fish or shark, Od.12.96, cf. Epich.68, Cratin.161, Arist.HA 566a31; κ. ἄγριος, κ. γαλεός and κ. κεντρίτης or κεντρίνη, Opp.H.1.373, Ael.NA1.55; ξιφίας κ., of the sword-fish, Anaxipp. 2.3.V = σείριος (q.v.), dog-star, i.e. the hound of Orion, Il.22.29; in full,σειρίου κυνὸς δίκην S.Fr. 803
, cf. A.Ag. 967;κυνὸς ψυχρὰν δύσιν S.Fr.432.11
;πρὸ τοῦ κυνός Eup.147
; μετὰ κυνὸς ἐπιτολήν, περὶ κ. ἐ., Arist.Mete. 361b35, HA 602a26; ἐπὶ κυνί ib. 600a4, Syngr. ap. D. 35.13; , D.S.19.109;περὶ κύνα Thphr.CP 3.3.3
;μετὰ κύνα Id.HP1.9.5
; also of the whole constellation, Arat. 327, Gal.17(1).17.VI the ace, the worst throw at dice, Poll.9.100, Eust.1289.63.VII frenum praeputii, Antyll. ap. Orib.50.3.1: with pun on the prov. ap.Pherecr.l.c. (supr. 1), Ar.Lys. 158: with pun on signf.v, AP5.104 (Marc. Arg.).IX unilateral facial paralysis, Gal.8.573.X = ἀπομαγδαλία, Dsc. ap. Eust.1857.19.XI ξυλίνη κ., = κυνόσβατος, Orac. ap. Did ap.Ath.2.70c. -
89 λέγω
λέγω =⟩ λέχω (A),λέγω (A),------------------------------------λέγω (B),A pick up, etc.: tenses for signf. 1 and 11, [tense] fut.λέξω Od.24.224
: [tense] aor. :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. in pass. sense : [tense] aor.ἐλεξάμην Il.21.27
(trans.); [dialect] Ep.ἐλέγμην Od.9.335
;λέκτο 4.451
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐλέχθην Il.3.188
: also post-Hom. in these senses, but only in compos., esp. with ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-; post-Hom. [tense] pf. εἴλοχα (κατ-, συν-), [voice] Pass. εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (v. the compds.); also [tense] fut. λεγήσομαι ( συλ-): [tense] aor. 2 ἐλέγην (κατ-, συν-):—gather, pick up,ὀστέα.. λέγωμεν Il.23.239
, cf. Od.24. 72, Pi.P.8.53; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, Od.18.359 (ubi v. Sch., cf.λογάς 2
), cf. 24.224:—[voice] Med., gather for oneself,ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε Il.8.507
;ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο 24.793
;φάρμακα λέξασθαι A.R.3.807
.2 [voice] Med., choose for oneself, pick out,λέξαιτο.. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους Od.24.108
;κούρους Il.21.27
:—[voice] Pass., to be chosen,εἰ.. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι 13.276
.II count, tell, ἐν δ' ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, Od.4.452; and in [tense] aor. [voice] Med., Il.2.125; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself.., Od.9.335; λέκτο δ' ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, 4.451:—[voice] Pass., μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, Il.3.188.b so, but not freq., after Hom.,λ. ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν Pi.O.13.46
, cf. A.Ag. 570;καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον λ. Isoc.2.45
; also καὶ σὲ δ' ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among.., A.Pr. 973; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, S.Ant. 183; κέρδος λ., εἰ .. count it gain, that.., ib. 462:—[voice] Med., λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] Pi.P.4.189:—[voice] Pass.,λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις X.Oec.11.20
;ἐνὶ πρώτῃσι λέγεσθαι Call.Del.16
: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, l.c.2 recount, tell over,οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα Od.14.197
;σὺ δέ μοι λέγε θέσκελα ἔργα 11.374
;τὰ ἕκαστα λέγων 12.165
; ὅσα τ' αὐτὸς.. ἐμόγησε, πάντ' ἔλεγ' 23.308: so in Trag., λ. τύχας, πάθη, μόχθους, etc., A.Pr. 633, Pers. 292, Ag. 555, etc.; also Ἀγαμέμνονι.. λέγ' ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, Il.2.222; so perh.ψεύδεα πολλὰ λ. Hes.Th.27
(but v. infr. 111):—[voice] Med., τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? Il.13.275; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς ib. 292, cf. Od.3.240, 13.296;μηκέτι νῦν δήθ' αὖθι λεγώμεθα Il.2.435
.III say, speak, first in Hes.Th.27 (v. supr.11.2): [tense] fut.λέξω Emp.38.1
, A.Ag. 859, Hdt.4.14, Th.2.48, Antipho 6.33, etc.: [tense] aor.ἔλεξα Anacr.45
, Pl.Sph. 217e, Antipho 1.15 (rare in Pl. and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, IG7.504.2 ([place name] Tanagra), Thessalian, ib.9(2).461.21, Ionic, v.l. in Hp.Aër. 12): [tense] pf.λέλεχα Gal.16.249
, λέλεγα andλέλογας Hsch.
( εἴρηκα in correct writers):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.λεχθήσομαι Th.5.86
, Pl.Ti. 67c, etc.: also [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, S.OC 1186, E.Hec. 906 (lyr.), etc.; andλελέξομαι Th.3.53
(v.l. λέξεται), Pl.R. 457b: [tense] aor. ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) S.OT 1442, Th.6.32, etc.: [tense] pf.λέλεγμαι Pi.N.8.20
, Hdt.2.21, S.Ph. 389, etc. ( εἴλεγμαι in this sense only in compd. δι-): rare in compds. (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the [tense] pres. in most compds. being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the [tense] fut. by ἐρῶ, the [tense] aor. by εἶπον, the [tense] pf. by εἴρηκα:1 say, speak, never in Hom., first in Hes. l.c., freq. from Hdt. and Trag. downwds.; of all kinds of oral communications,ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι Hdt.8.58
; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, Pl.Plt. 268e, etc.;λ. μῦθον A.Pers. 698
(troch.);ψευδῆ λ. Id.Ag. 625
;ἀληθῆ λ. Pl.Phlb. 12b
(so in [voice] Pass.,λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς S.Ph. 389
); of oracles, say, declare, Hdt.8.136; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, Pl. Prt. 312c: with Preps.,λ. ἀμφί τινος A.Th. 1017
, E.Hec. 580;περί τινος Xenoph.34.2
, Democr.165, S.Aj. 151 (anap.), Th.2.48; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, S.El. 555, X.HG1.7.16; κατά τινος against him, Thgn.1240a, X.HG1.5.2; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, A.Supp. 625 (anap.); λ. τά τινος take his part, D.8.64; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to.., S.Ant. 753, etc.;εἴς τι X.Mem. 1.5.1
.2 c. acc. et inf., say that.., Pi.P.2.59, etc.: with neg. οὐ, Pl.R. 348c, etc., but μή ib. 346e, X.Smp.4.5 ([voice] Pass.), and usu. in later Gr., LXX Ge.38.22;λ. μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν Ev.Matt.22.23
: freq. also folld. by ὡς, ὅτι (generally so in the [voice] Act. voice) when the subject of the relative clause may become the object of the principal Verb, γυναῖκα λέγουσιν, ὡς κάθηται .. X.Cyr.7.3.5, etc.: rarely c. part., λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, S.OC 1580;λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας A.Ag. 672
;λέξασ' ἀδελφῷ σ' ἐνθάδ' ὄντα E.Hel. 888
:—[voice] Pass.,λέξεται ἔχων Id.IT 1047
, cf. A.Ag. 170 (cj.).3 λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, esp. κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, Hdt.8.61;ἀγαθὰ λ. τινάς Ar.Ec. 435
; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, X.Mem.2.2.9, D.18.123; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, A.Ag. 445 (lyr.), S.El. 524, cf. 1028;εὖ λ. τὸν εὖ λέγοντα X.Mem.2.3.8
.4 call by name,ἃς τρέμομεν λ. S.OC 128
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., call so and so, , cf. S.OC 939 codd., Hdt.1.32, etc.5 λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, A.Ch. 553, S.Ph. 101, X.Cyr.4.1.22, etc.: so with τινι, S.OC 840, D.19.150 (no obj. expressed in A.Ag. 925, S.OC 856); λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα.. εἴπῃ σοι .. Astramps.Orac.p.1 H.;ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει D.22.20
;ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν Ep.Rom.2.22
.6 λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύειν; S.Ant. 757; λέγω τι; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, Id.OT 1475;κινδυνεύεις τι λέγειν Pl.Cra. 404a
;ἴσως ἄν τι λέγοις X.Mem.2.1.12
, cf. Cyr.1.4.20; opp. οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority,οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι Ar.Eq. 334
, cf. V.75; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! Id.Th. 625; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, Id.Av.66, Pl. Ap. 30b; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news!, that is well!, ib. 24e, Grg. 447b, Prt. 310b; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ., you are right, X. Mem.3.3.4, 3.6.8; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, Herod.7.44; τί λέγεις; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖς; Ar.Av.57, cf. Ec. 298 (lyr.).7 pleon.,ἔφη λέγων Hdt.3.156
, 5.36;ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
;ἔφασκε λέγων Ar.Av. 472
;ἦ δ' ὃς λέγων Id.V. 795
;ὡς ἔφη λέγων S.Aj. 757
;καὶ λέγων εἶπεν οὕτω πως D.8.74
, etc.8 at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει.., Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει .., etc., Hdt.3.40, 8.140. ά, etc.;τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε Id.1.124
, etc.; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, Th.6.54: in roman edicts,Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος.. λέγει POxy. 237 viii 28
(i A.D.).9 wish to say, mean, ; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοιο; what does mean?Ar.
Eq. 1059, cf. 1021, 1375, Ec. 989, Pl. Phd. 60e: freq. in Platonic dialogue, πῶς λέγεις; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap. 24e, al.; ἢ πῶς λέγομεν; or what do we mean to say? Grg. 480b; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγεις; Phdr. 265c; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντ ές φασι .. what they can possibly mean by saying.., Tht. 181c, al.: c. dupl. acc., , al.: freq. (esp. in Trag.) to explain more fully, εἴσω κομίζου καὶ σύ, Κασάνδραν λέγω you, I mean Cassandra, A.Ag. 1035;ὁ μάντις, υἱὸν Οἰκλέους λ. Id.Th. 609
, cf. 658 (v.l.), Pr. 946;ποταμός, Ἀχελῷον λέγω S.Tr.9
, cf. 1220, Ph. 1261, E.Ph. 987; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, Isoc.12.215;τὸ δ' ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λ. D.18.88
: sts., however, the word after λέγω is put in appos. with the word to be expld.,Ἀντικλείας.., τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός A.Fr. 175
, cf. Th. 658 cod. M;περὶ τῶνδε.., λέγω δὲ Φωκέων D.19.152
;παρ' ὧν.., τούτων τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκούντων λέγω Id.8.24
, cf. Pl.Smp. 202b: abs.,μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν [τῇ χώρᾳ] λέγω D.1.27
.b περὶ ἃς (sc. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', Arist.EN 1148a5, cf. Pl.Grg. 494b.10 ὡς λέγουσι as they say, S.Ant.23, etc.;ὡς λ. μοι Id.OC 1161
:—[voice] Pass., λέγεται it is said, c.acc.et inf., X.Mem.1.2.30, al.; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι .. Id.Cyr.1.2.1; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, S.OT 292; soλεγόμενον ἐρέω Pi.P.5.108
: τὸ λεγόμενον abs., as the saying goes, Th.7.68, cf. Pl.Grg. 447a, Smp. 217e, etc.;τὸ λ. δὴ τοῦτο Id.Grg. 514e
: ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος the so-called.., Id.Tht. 176b;οἱ λ. αὐτόνομοι εἶναι X.HG6.3.8
; οἱ λ. ὅτι .. of whom it is said that.., Id.Cyr.8.6.16.11 of orators, speak (emphatically),λέγειν δεινός S.OT 545
, X.Cyr.1.5.9, etc.;λέγειν ἠσκηκότες S.Fr. 963
, cf. Eup.95 (v. λαλέω); λ. τε καὶ πράσσειν δυνατώτατος Th.1.139
;οἱ ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυνάμενοι Isoc.3.8
, cf. D.19.286; plead one's cause in a court of law, Id.23.78; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for.., Din.1.111.12 boast of, tell of,τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην X.Cyr.1.3.10
; in Poets, sing of,θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας Anacreont.23.1
.13 recite what is written,λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε Pl.Tht. 143c
; and freq. in Oratt., asλέγε τὸν νόμον D.21.8
and 10, etc.; of lectures,ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος Arr.Epict.3.21.6
, cf. 15.8 (the sense of Lat. lego, read, occurs only in the compds. ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι).16 nominate, Lat. dicere [dictatorem], D.C.Fr.36.26 ([voice] Pass.). (Cf. Lat. lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').) -
90 λέχω
λέγω =⟩ λέχω (A),λέγω (A),------------------------------------λέγω (B),A pick up, etc.: tenses for signf. 1 and 11, [tense] fut.λέξω Od.24.224
: [tense] aor. :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. in pass. sense : [tense] aor.ἐλεξάμην Il.21.27
(trans.); [dialect] Ep.ἐλέγμην Od.9.335
;λέκτο 4.451
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐλέχθην Il.3.188
: also post-Hom. in these senses, but only in compos., esp. with ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-; post-Hom. [tense] pf. εἴλοχα (κατ-, συν-), [voice] Pass. εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (v. the compds.); also [tense] fut. λεγήσομαι ( συλ-): [tense] aor. 2 ἐλέγην (κατ-, συν-):—gather, pick up,ὀστέα.. λέγωμεν Il.23.239
, cf. Od.24. 72, Pi.P.8.53; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, Od.18.359 (ubi v. Sch., cf.λογάς 2
), cf. 24.224:—[voice] Med., gather for oneself,ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε Il.8.507
;ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο 24.793
;φάρμακα λέξασθαι A.R.3.807
.2 [voice] Med., choose for oneself, pick out,λέξαιτο.. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους Od.24.108
;κούρους Il.21.27
:—[voice] Pass., to be chosen,εἰ.. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι 13.276
.II count, tell, ἐν δ' ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, Od.4.452; and in [tense] aor. [voice] Med., Il.2.125; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself.., Od.9.335; λέκτο δ' ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, 4.451:—[voice] Pass., μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, Il.3.188.b so, but not freq., after Hom.,λ. ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν Pi.O.13.46
, cf. A.Ag. 570;καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον λ. Isoc.2.45
; also καὶ σὲ δ' ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among.., A.Pr. 973; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, S.Ant. 183; κέρδος λ., εἰ .. count it gain, that.., ib. 462:—[voice] Med., λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] Pi.P.4.189:—[voice] Pass.,λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις X.Oec.11.20
;ἐνὶ πρώτῃσι λέγεσθαι Call.Del.16
: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, l.c.2 recount, tell over,οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα Od.14.197
;σὺ δέ μοι λέγε θέσκελα ἔργα 11.374
;τὰ ἕκαστα λέγων 12.165
; ὅσα τ' αὐτὸς.. ἐμόγησε, πάντ' ἔλεγ' 23.308: so in Trag., λ. τύχας, πάθη, μόχθους, etc., A.Pr. 633, Pers. 292, Ag. 555, etc.; also Ἀγαμέμνονι.. λέγ' ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, Il.2.222; so perh.ψεύδεα πολλὰ λ. Hes.Th.27
(but v. infr. 111):—[voice] Med., τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? Il.13.275; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς ib. 292, cf. Od.3.240, 13.296;μηκέτι νῦν δήθ' αὖθι λεγώμεθα Il.2.435
.III say, speak, first in Hes.Th.27 (v. supr.11.2): [tense] fut.λέξω Emp.38.1
, A.Ag. 859, Hdt.4.14, Th.2.48, Antipho 6.33, etc.: [tense] aor.ἔλεξα Anacr.45
, Pl.Sph. 217e, Antipho 1.15 (rare in Pl. and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, IG7.504.2 ([place name] Tanagra), Thessalian, ib.9(2).461.21, Ionic, v.l. in Hp.Aër. 12): [tense] pf.λέλεχα Gal.16.249
, λέλεγα andλέλογας Hsch.
( εἴρηκα in correct writers):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.λεχθήσομαι Th.5.86
, Pl.Ti. 67c, etc.: also [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, S.OC 1186, E.Hec. 906 (lyr.), etc.; andλελέξομαι Th.3.53
(v.l. λέξεται), Pl.R. 457b: [tense] aor. ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) S.OT 1442, Th.6.32, etc.: [tense] pf.λέλεγμαι Pi.N.8.20
, Hdt.2.21, S.Ph. 389, etc. ( εἴλεγμαι in this sense only in compd. δι-): rare in compds. (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the [tense] pres. in most compds. being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the [tense] fut. by ἐρῶ, the [tense] aor. by εἶπον, the [tense] pf. by εἴρηκα:1 say, speak, never in Hom., first in Hes. l.c., freq. from Hdt. and Trag. downwds.; of all kinds of oral communications,ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι Hdt.8.58
; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, Pl.Plt. 268e, etc.;λ. μῦθον A.Pers. 698
(troch.);ψευδῆ λ. Id.Ag. 625
;ἀληθῆ λ. Pl.Phlb. 12b
(so in [voice] Pass.,λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς S.Ph. 389
); of oracles, say, declare, Hdt.8.136; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, Pl. Prt. 312c: with Preps.,λ. ἀμφί τινος A.Th. 1017
, E.Hec. 580;περί τινος Xenoph.34.2
, Democr.165, S.Aj. 151 (anap.), Th.2.48; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, S.El. 555, X.HG1.7.16; κατά τινος against him, Thgn.1240a, X.HG1.5.2; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, A.Supp. 625 (anap.); λ. τά τινος take his part, D.8.64; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to.., S.Ant. 753, etc.;εἴς τι X.Mem. 1.5.1
.2 c. acc. et inf., say that.., Pi.P.2.59, etc.: with neg. οὐ, Pl.R. 348c, etc., but μή ib. 346e, X.Smp.4.5 ([voice] Pass.), and usu. in later Gr., LXX Ge.38.22;λ. μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν Ev.Matt.22.23
: freq. also folld. by ὡς, ὅτι (generally so in the [voice] Act. voice) when the subject of the relative clause may become the object of the principal Verb, γυναῖκα λέγουσιν, ὡς κάθηται .. X.Cyr.7.3.5, etc.: rarely c. part., λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, S.OC 1580;λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας A.Ag. 672
;λέξασ' ἀδελφῷ σ' ἐνθάδ' ὄντα E.Hel. 888
:—[voice] Pass.,λέξεται ἔχων Id.IT 1047
, cf. A.Ag. 170 (cj.).3 λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, esp. κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, Hdt.8.61;ἀγαθὰ λ. τινάς Ar.Ec. 435
; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, X.Mem.2.2.9, D.18.123; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, A.Ag. 445 (lyr.), S.El. 524, cf. 1028;εὖ λ. τὸν εὖ λέγοντα X.Mem.2.3.8
.4 call by name,ἃς τρέμομεν λ. S.OC 128
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., call so and so, , cf. S.OC 939 codd., Hdt.1.32, etc.5 λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, A.Ch. 553, S.Ph. 101, X.Cyr.4.1.22, etc.: so with τινι, S.OC 840, D.19.150 (no obj. expressed in A.Ag. 925, S.OC 856); λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα.. εἴπῃ σοι .. Astramps.Orac.p.1 H.;ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει D.22.20
;ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν Ep.Rom.2.22
.6 λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύειν; S.Ant. 757; λέγω τι; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, Id.OT 1475;κινδυνεύεις τι λέγειν Pl.Cra. 404a
;ἴσως ἄν τι λέγοις X.Mem.2.1.12
, cf. Cyr.1.4.20; opp. οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority,οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι Ar.Eq. 334
, cf. V.75; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! Id.Th. 625; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, Id.Av.66, Pl. Ap. 30b; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news!, that is well!, ib. 24e, Grg. 447b, Prt. 310b; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ., you are right, X. Mem.3.3.4, 3.6.8; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, Herod.7.44; τί λέγεις; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖς; Ar.Av.57, cf. Ec. 298 (lyr.).7 pleon.,ἔφη λέγων Hdt.3.156
, 5.36;ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
;ἔφασκε λέγων Ar.Av. 472
;ἦ δ' ὃς λέγων Id.V. 795
;ὡς ἔφη λέγων S.Aj. 757
;καὶ λέγων εἶπεν οὕτω πως D.8.74
, etc.8 at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει.., Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει .., etc., Hdt.3.40, 8.140. ά, etc.;τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε Id.1.124
, etc.; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, Th.6.54: in roman edicts,Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος.. λέγει POxy. 237 viii 28
(i A.D.).9 wish to say, mean, ; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοιο; what does mean?Ar.
Eq. 1059, cf. 1021, 1375, Ec. 989, Pl. Phd. 60e: freq. in Platonic dialogue, πῶς λέγεις; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap. 24e, al.; ἢ πῶς λέγομεν; or what do we mean to say? Grg. 480b; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγεις; Phdr. 265c; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντ ές φασι .. what they can possibly mean by saying.., Tht. 181c, al.: c. dupl. acc., , al.: freq. (esp. in Trag.) to explain more fully, εἴσω κομίζου καὶ σύ, Κασάνδραν λέγω you, I mean Cassandra, A.Ag. 1035;ὁ μάντις, υἱὸν Οἰκλέους λ. Id.Th. 609
, cf. 658 (v.l.), Pr. 946;ποταμός, Ἀχελῷον λέγω S.Tr.9
, cf. 1220, Ph. 1261, E.Ph. 987; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, Isoc.12.215;τὸ δ' ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λ. D.18.88
: sts., however, the word after λέγω is put in appos. with the word to be expld.,Ἀντικλείας.., τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός A.Fr. 175
, cf. Th. 658 cod. M;περὶ τῶνδε.., λέγω δὲ Φωκέων D.19.152
;παρ' ὧν.., τούτων τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκούντων λέγω Id.8.24
, cf. Pl.Smp. 202b: abs.,μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν [τῇ χώρᾳ] λέγω D.1.27
.b περὶ ἃς (sc. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', Arist.EN 1148a5, cf. Pl.Grg. 494b.10 ὡς λέγουσι as they say, S.Ant.23, etc.;ὡς λ. μοι Id.OC 1161
:—[voice] Pass., λέγεται it is said, c.acc.et inf., X.Mem.1.2.30, al.; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι .. Id.Cyr.1.2.1; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, S.OT 292; soλεγόμενον ἐρέω Pi.P.5.108
: τὸ λεγόμενον abs., as the saying goes, Th.7.68, cf. Pl.Grg. 447a, Smp. 217e, etc.;τὸ λ. δὴ τοῦτο Id.Grg. 514e
: ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος the so-called.., Id.Tht. 176b;οἱ λ. αὐτόνομοι εἶναι X.HG6.3.8
; οἱ λ. ὅτι .. of whom it is said that.., Id.Cyr.8.6.16.11 of orators, speak (emphatically),λέγειν δεινός S.OT 545
, X.Cyr.1.5.9, etc.;λέγειν ἠσκηκότες S.Fr. 963
, cf. Eup.95 (v. λαλέω); λ. τε καὶ πράσσειν δυνατώτατος Th.1.139
;οἱ ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυνάμενοι Isoc.3.8
, cf. D.19.286; plead one's cause in a court of law, Id.23.78; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for.., Din.1.111.12 boast of, tell of,τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην X.Cyr.1.3.10
; in Poets, sing of,θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας Anacreont.23.1
.13 recite what is written,λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε Pl.Tht. 143c
; and freq. in Oratt., asλέγε τὸν νόμον D.21.8
and 10, etc.; of lectures,ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος Arr.Epict.3.21.6
, cf. 15.8 (the sense of Lat. lego, read, occurs only in the compds. ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι).16 nominate, Lat. dicere [dictatorem], D.C.Fr.36.26 ([voice] Pass.). (Cf. Lat. lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').) -
91 λίαν
A very, exceedingly, in Hom. with an Adv.,λ. ἑκάς Od.14.496
;λ. ἀεικελίως 8.231
: with an Adj.,λ. μέγα εἶπες 3.227
, 16.243;νήπιος λ. τόσον 4.371
, cf. 13.238;λ. λυπρός 13.243
; λ. ἐνθύμιος ib. 421: alone with a Verb, very much, overmuch,κεχολώατο λ. 14.282
;λ. ἄχθομαι ἕλκος Il.5.361
; οὔ τι λ. ποθὴ ἔσσεται not exceedingly, 14.368;μή τι λ. προκαλίζεο Od.18.20
, cf. Il.6.486; also, in Hom., καὶ λίην, which always begins the sentence or verse, surely, aye surely,καὶ λ. κεῖνός γε ἐοικότι κεῖται ὀλέθρῳ Od.1.46
, cf. 3.203, Il.1.553, al.II after Hom.,ἀσχάλα μὴ λίην Archil.66.7
, cf. Sol.6;λίην δὲ δειλιάζεις Anacr.
ap. Ptol.Ascal. p.409 H.; λ. πιστεύειν to believe implicitly, Hdt.4.96;μὴ κάμνε λ. Pi. P.1.90
;μὴ λ. στένε S.El. 1172
, cf. E.Med. 158 (lyr.);ἀσπάζου αὐτὴν λ. POxy.936.13
(iii A.D.);καὶ λ. σαφῶς Ar.Eq. 1231
;λ. ἀσελγῶς Lys. 24.15
;λ. πόρρω Pl.Prt. 310c
;ἐντὸς λ. τῶν τειχῶν Th.7.5
: with other words of like sense,πολὺ λ. Isoc.9.48
;λ. πάνυ Antiph.184.2
(dub.), cf. Eust.972.46; κόμπος λ. εἰρημένος, opp. πεπλασμένος (compare our very and verily), A.Pr. 1031:—in Trag.and Com.freq.betw.Art.and Noun, ἡ λ. φιλότης βροτῶν his too great love.., A.Pr. 123 (anap.);τὸ λ. ποτόν Cratin.187
;ἡ λ. τρυφή Men.587
; τὰ λ. μειράκια Theopomp. Com.29; ; τὸ λ. excess, violence, E.Andr. 866, Pl.Cra. 415c. [Hom. has [pron. full] ῐ nine times, [pron. full] ῑ thirty-two times; the latter is found both in arsi and in thesi. In later [dialect] Ep.and Trag. both quantities are found: [pron. full] ᾱ always.] -
92 μάλα
A very, exceedingly, prefixed or subjoined to Adjectives, Verbs, and Adverbs:1 strengthening the word with which it stands,a with Adjs., in Hom. most freq., μάλα πολλά very many, Od.1.1; μ. πᾶσα, μ. πάντα, every one, all together, Il.13.741, Od.2.306, etc.; μάλ' ἀσκηθής all unhurt, 5.26; ἀβληχρὸς μ. τοῖος quite gentle, 11.135; σαρδάνιον μ. τοῖον a quite sardonic smile, 20.302;μάλα μυρίοι 15.556
, 16.121, etc.; ἐμέο πρότερος μ. actually before me, Il.10.124; later, μ. φιλόσοφοι, πλάτανος μάλ' ἀμφιλαφής, etc., Pl.Prm. 126b, Phdr. 230b, etc.: strengthd., μ. δὴ πρεσβύτης very old, X.Cyr.8.7.1;μ. γέ τινες ὀλίγοι Pl.R. 531e
.b with Advs., πάγχυ μ., μ. πάγχυ, quite utterly, Il.12.165, 14.143;πάνυ μ. Pl.Phd. 80c
; εὖ μ. right well, Od.22.190, Pl.Phd. 92d, etc.;μάλα.. εὖ Od.23.175
, cf. Pl.Tht. 156a; μάλ' αὐτίκα (v. αὐτίκα) ; μάλ' αἰεί for ever and aye, Il.13.557, 23.717; ἄχρι μ. κνέφαος until quite dark, Od.18.370; μάλ' ὧδε just in this way, 6.258; μ. διαμπερές right through, Il.20.362; μ. μόλις (v. μόλις); to express repeated action,μάλ' αὖθις A.Ag. 1345
, Ch. 654; , etc.; μ. alone,ἔα, ἔα μ. A.Ch. 870
;οἲ μ. καὶ τόδ' ἀλγῶ Id.Pers. 1045
(lyr.); q. (soἄλλος πύργος.., καὶ ἕτερος μ. ἐπὶ τούτῳ Hdt. 1.181
, cf. 7.186): freq. afterκαί, αὗταί σ' ὁδηγήσουσι καὶ μάλ' ἀσμένως A.Pr. 728
, cf. Ch. 879: with neg., μάλ' οὐ, μάλ' οὔ πως, Il.2.241, Od. 5.103;οὐ μ. Hdt.1.93
, 2.37, S.Ph. 676 (lyr.).c with Verbs,μήτ' ἄρ με μάλ' αἴνεε Il.10.249
;μ. τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ 1.218
; ἡ δὲ μάλ' ἡνιόχευεν drove carefully, Od.6.319; μ... προπέμπει in earnest, A.Th. 915 (lyr.), cf. Eu. 368 (lyr.);καὶ μ. δοκοῦντας φρονίμους εἶναι X.Cyr.6.1.36
;μ. πολιορκούμενοι Id.HG7.1.25
.2 strengthening an assertion, νῦν σε μ. χρὴ αἰχμητὴν ἔμεναι, i.e. now or never, Il.16.492; τῷ κε μάλ' ἤ κεν μεῖνε .. then doubtless he would have stayed, Od.4.733; σοὶ δὲ μάλ' ἕψομ' ἐγώ yes indeed.., Il.10.108; ἀλλὰ μάλ' ὤφελλες why plainly.., Od.4.472: freq. with another word, as ἦ μ. δή .. now in very truth, Il.5.422, etc.;ἦ δή που μ. 21.583
; freq. ἦ μ. (without δή) 3.204, etc.3 in Hom. sts. after εἰ, as εἰ μ. μιν χόλος ἵκοι if wrath come on him ever so much, Il.17.399, cf. Od.5.485, al.;καὶ εἰ μ. τις πολεμίζοι Il.9.318
; also μ. περ c. part., μ. περ μεμαώς though desiring never so much, 13.317, cf. 14.58, 17.710, al.;καὶ μ. περ 1.217
, cf. 17.571;καὶ εὐρέα περ μάλ' ἐόντα Od.18.385
.4 in [dialect] Att. freq. in answers, yes, certainly,μ. γε Pl.R. 555d
, 564e, etc.;μ. τοι X.Mem.1.2.46
;καὶ μ. Pl.Phdr. 258c
;καὶ μ. γε Id.Tht. 148c
, etc.; καὶ μ. δή ib. 177a; καὶ μ. ἐπαύσατο certainly it stopped, Id.Smp. 189a, etc.II [comp] Comp. [full] μᾶλλον [[pron. full] ᾱ by nature, Hdn.Gr.2.932], [dialect] Ion. [full] μάλιον [pron. full] [ᾰ] only in Tyrt.12.6, cf. Choerob.in An.Ox.2.240; late [dialect] Dor. [full] μαλλότερον Pempel. ap. Stob.4.25.52:—more, rather, Il.5.231, Od.1.351, al.: mostly folld. by ἤ, but in Prose also by a gen., μ. τοῦ ξυμφέροντος more than is expedient, Antipho 5.1;μ. τοῦ δέοντος Pl.Grg. 487b
, X.Mem.4.3.8 (sts. expressed by μᾶλλον alone, Pl. Phd. 63d);οὐπώποτ' ἔργου μ. εἱλόμην λόγους E.Fr. 394
; παντὸς μ. most assuredly, Pl.Lg. 715d (v. infr. 8); in Id.Ap. 36d, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅτι μ. πρέπει οὕτως, ὡς.., ὡς is prob. = ἤ (v. ὡς): denoting a constant increase, more and more, sts. doubled,μ. μ. E.IT 1406
, Ar.Ra. 1001 (lyr.), Alex.29: in positive sense, exceedingly,κηρόθι μ. Il.9.300
, Od.15.370, al.:—Usage:1 freq. strengthened by other words,πολὺ μ. Il.9.700
, etc.;ἔτι μ. 14.97
, al.;μ. ἔτ' ἢ τὸ πάροιθεν Od.1.322
;καὶ μ. Il.8.470
;καὶ μ. ἔτι Od.18.22
;ἔτι καὶ μ. Pi.P.10.57
;ἔτι καὶ πολὺ μ. Il.23.386
, 429, Hes.Th. 428;ἐπὶ μ. Hdt.3.104
;ἔτι ἐπὶ μ. Id.1.94
;πολλῷ μ. Pl.Phd. 80e
, 1 Ep.Cor.12.22: also modified, μᾶλλόν τι somewhat more,μ. τι περιημέκτεε Hdt.1.114
, cf.50, etc.;μ. ἤδη προσδεχομένου Th.8.71
.2 sts. with a second [comp] Comp.,ῥηΐτεροι μ. Il.24.243
, cf. Hdt.1.32, A.Th. 673, Supp. 279, S.Ant. 1210, E.El. 222, Pl. Phd. 79e, Is.4.14 (s.v.l.), Arist.Top. 116b24.3 μᾶλλον δέ much more.., or rather.., to correct a statement already made,ὁ δεσπότης πέπραγεν εὐτυχέστατα, μ. δ' ὁ Πλοῦτος αὐτός Ar.Pl. 634
;πολλοί, μ. δὲ πάντες D.18.65
, cf. Pl.Smp. 173e; soἢ μ. Corn.ND20
, Simp.in Ph.25.16; οὐχὶ μ. ἤ .. not so, but rather so.., Th.2.87.6 μ. ἤ .. folld. by οὐ in comparisons, where preference implies rejection or denial, : preceded by another neg., Hdt.4.118, 5.94, 7.16. γ, etc.: by an interrog. which conveys a neg. force, τίδεῖ.. μᾶλλον, ἤ οὐ .. ; X.HG6.3.15.7 τὸ μ. καὶ ἧττον, a form of argument, a fortiori, Arist.Rh. 1397b12.8 παντὸς μ., v. πᾶς 111.4.III [comp] Sup. [full] μάλιστα most of all, above all, Hom., etc.;πᾶσι, μάλιστα δ' ἐμοί Od.21.353
; μ. μὲν.., ἔπειτα or ἔπειτα δέ .., first and above all.., next.., S.OT 647, cf. Ph. 1285; μ. μὲν.., δεύτερον δὲ .. Is.2.20; μ. μὲν.., εἰ δὲ μὴ .. Hdt.8.22, Th.1.40, Pl.R. 590d, D.20.25, etc.;τοῦτο δ' ἐστὶ μ. μὲν θάνατος, εἰ δὲ μή, πάντα τὰ ὄντα ἀφελέσθαι Id.21.152
; μάλιστα μὲν.., μᾶλλον μέντοι .. Pl.Smp. 180b; μάλιστα.., εἰ μὴ δ' .. S.Ph. 617; δοκέων μιν μ. ταύτης ἂν πείθεσθαι certainly, Hdt.3.53; τί μ.; what precisely? Pl.Grg. 448d, cf. Men. 80b, Smp. 218c: c. gen. partit.,μ. πάντων Hdt.2.37
, Pl.Prt. 327a, cf. Th. 4.86; τὸ μ. πάντων the supreme reality, Plot.5.5.11; τὸ μ. εἶναι the highest degree of being, Id.6.2.7.1 strengthd., ὡς μ. certainly, A.Supp. 294, Pl.R. 460a, etc.;ὅσον μ. A.Pr. 524
;ὅσα ἐδύνατο μ. Hdt.1.185
;ὡς δύναμαι μ. Pl.R. 367b
;ὡς οἷόν τε μ. Id.Grg. 510b
;εἰς ὅσον ἀνθρώπῳ δυνατὸν μ. Id.Phdr. 277a
;ὅτι μ. δύνασαι Id.Sph. 239b
;μακρῷ μ. Hdt.1.171
;πολλῷ μ. Paus.1.42.3
;παντὸς μ. D.H.3.35
, etc.2 with the Art., ἐς τὰ μ. in the highest degree, Hdt.1.20, 2.76, Th.6.104, 8.6, D.21.212: withoutἐς, φίλοι τὰ μ. Hdt.2.147
, cf.Th. 1.92, D.21.62;τά γε μ. Pl.Lg. 794d
; εἰ τὰ μ. ἦσαν ἀληθεῖς if they were ever so true, D.18.95; εἰ τὰ μ. μὴ τινές, ἀλλὰ πάντες .. if ( to put an extreme case) not some, but all.., Id.20.2;εἰ.. δοκοίη τὰ μ. Id.18.21
; ἀνὴρ δόκιμος ὁμοῖα τῷ μ. as famous as he that is most [famous], Hdt.7.118, cf. 3.8;τοῖς μάλισθ' ὁμοίως D.Ep.2.24
.b ἐν τοῖς μ. especially, as much as any, Th.8.90, Pl.Smp. 173b, etc.: with a [comp] Sup.,ἐν τοῖς μ. ὠμότατος Ael.VH14.40
;φιλτάτη καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτη ἐν τοῖς μ. Procop.Arc.4
.3 added to a [comp] Sup. (v.μάλα 11.2
, πλεῖστον) , ἔχθιστος μ., μ. φίλτατος, Il.2.220, 24.334;μ. κῃ ἐμφερέστατα Hdt.2.76
;μ. φίλτατος E.Hipp. 1421
: to a [comp] Comp. (?),μ. δὴ ὀκνηρότεροι ἐγένοντο Th.4.55
.5 with numerals, in round numbers, about, Th.3.29, 92, X.HG5.2.31, etc.; πεντήκοντα μάλιστα is 49 in Th.1.118;ἑκατοστὸς μ. 99t
h, Id.8.68; ἐς μέσον μάλιστά κῃ about the middle, Hdt. 1.191, cf. 76;ἥμισυ μ. Th.1.93
; μ. σφᾶς μεσοῦν δειπνοῦντας that they were about the middle of supper, Pl.Smp. 175c;κου μ. Hdt.7.22
;μ. πως Plb.2.41.13
. -
93 μιμνήσκω
μιμνήσκω (not [suff] μιμν-ήσκω, v. infr.), [tense] fut. μνήσω: [tense] aor. ἔμνησα: causal Verb, formed in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. from μέμνημαι as πιπράσκω from πέπραμαι:—A remind, put in mind,μνήσει δέ σε καὶ θεὸς αὐτός Od.12.38
; τινος of a thing,ἐπεί μ' ἔμνησας ὀϊζύος 3.103
;τῶν σ' αὖτις μνήσω Il.15.31
, cf. 1.407;μηδέ με τούτων μίμνησκ' Od.14.169
, cf. Thgn.1123, Theoc.15.36.II ἔμνασεν ἑστίαν πατρῴαν.. νικῶν recalled it to memory, made it famous, Pi.P.11.13.—[voice] Act. is mostly [dialect] Ep., used once in Trag. (lyr.), E.Alc. 878: compds. with ἀνα- or ὑπο- were preferred in Prose.B [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass. [full] μιμνήσκομαι, imper. - ήσκεο Il.22.268: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.μιμνήσκοντο 13.722
(the [tense] pres. only in later Prose, Pl.Ax. 368a, D.H.1.13, Plu.2.653b; μέμνημαι serving as [tense] pres. in early writers): other tenses are formed from the stem μνη- (v. μνάομαι): [tense] fut.μνήσομαι Od.7.192
, Sapph.32;μνησθήσομαι Hdt.6.19
, E.Med. 933, etc.; alsoμεμνήσομαι Il.22.390
, Od.19.581, Hdt.8.62, E.Hipp. 1461, Pl.Phlb. 31b, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐμνησάμην, inf.μνήσασθαι Od.4.331
, Tyrt.12.1, Hdt. 7.39; rare in Trag., as S.OT 564; [dialect] Ep.μνησάσκετο Il.11.566
; Trag. also ἐμνήσθην (used by Hom. only in Od.4.118), S.El. 373, etc.; [dialect] Aeol.ἐμνάσθην Sapph.Supp.4.11
: [tense] pf. μέμνημαι, [dialect] Aeol.μέμναιμαι Alc. Supp.28.6
, in [dialect] Att. always in [tense] pres. sense, as also freq. in Hom.; [ per.] 2sg.μέμνηαι Il.21.442
,μέμνῃ 15.18
; imper. μέμνησο, [dialect] Dor.μέμνᾱσο Epich. 250
, etc., [dialect] Ion.μέμνεο Hdt.5.105
; subj.μέμνωμαι -ώμεθα Od.14.168
, S.OT49; [dialect] Ion. - εώμεθα Archil.(?) in PLit.Lond.54.4; opt.μεμνῄμην Il.24.745
, - (μεμνῇο, -ῇτο shd. prob. be read for -ῷο or - οῖο, -ῷτο in X.An.1.7.5, Cyr.1.6.3, and μεμνοῖτο is dub. in Crates Com.50); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.μεμνέῳτο Il.23.361
; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.μεμναίατο Pi. Fr.94
; inf. μεμνῆσθαι; [dialect] Aeol. imper.μέμναισο Sapph.Supp.23.8
; part. μεμνημένος: [tense] plpf.ἐμεμνήμην Isoc. 12.35
; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl.ἐμεμνέατο Hdt.2.104
:— remind oneself of a thing, call to mind:—Constr.: sts. c. acc., remember,Τυδέα δ' οὐ μέμνημαι Il.6.222
, cf. 9.527, Od.14.168, S.OT 1057, Pl.Lg. 633d, D.44.7; esp. with relat. clause following,μ. τὸν στόλον ὡς ἔπρηξε Hdt.7.18
; ;μ. τὸν Εὐφραῖον, οἷ' ἔπαθεν D.9.61
; also μέμνησο ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι .. X.Cyr.2.4.25; μεμνώμεθα ταῦτα περὶ ἀμφοῖν, ὅτι .. Pl. Phlb. 31a: more freq. c. gen.,φίλου μεμνήσομ' ἑταίρου Il.22.390
;τοῦ ποτε μεμνήσεσθαι ὀΐομαι Od.19.581
;οὐδὲ παῖδος οὐδὲ φίλων τοκήων οὐδὲν ἐμνάσθη Sapph.Supp.
l. c., cf. Hdt.8.62, E.Hipp. 1461, etc.; alsoμεμνημένος ἀμφ' Ὀδυσῆϊ Od.4.151
;ἀμφὶ Διώνυσον.. μνήσομαι h.Hom. 7.2
;περὶ πομπῆς μνησόμεθα Od.7.192
:—[voice] Pass., to be remembered (not in early Prose),τὰ παραπτώματα οὐ μνησθήσεται LXX Ez.18.22
;αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν Act.Ap.10.31
, cf. Apoc.16.19.2 c. inf.,μέμνηντο γὰρ αἰεὶ ἀλλήλοις.. ἀλεξέμεναι Il.17.364
;μέμνησο δ' εἴκειν A.Supp. 202
;μέμνησο δάκνειν, διαβάλλειν Ar.Eq. 495
;μεμνήσθω ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ εἶναι X.An.3.2.39
;μέμνησθέ μοι μὴ θορυβεῖν Pl.Ap. 27b
.3 after Hom., c. part., θνατὰ μεμνάσθω περιστέλλων μέλη let him remember that he clothes, Pi.N.11.15; μέμνημαι κλύων I remember hearing, A.Ag. 830;μεμνήμεθα ἐλθόντες E.Hec. 244
;μ. ἀκούσας X.Cyr.1.6.3
, etc.: folld. by a relat.,μέμνησ', ὅπως εὖ μοι στομώσεις αὐτόν Ar.Nu. 1107
.4 abs.,ἀφ' οὗ Ἕλληνες μέμνηνται Th.2.8
, cf. 5.66: [tense] pf. part. μεμνημένος in commands, ὧδέ τις.. μεμνημένος ἀνδρὶ μαχέσθω let him fight with good heed, let him remember to fight, Il.19.153, cf. 5.263, Hes.Op. 422, etc.II make mention of, c. gen.,τῶν νῦν μοι μνῆσαι Od.4.331
; Μοῦσαι, μνησαίαθ' ὅσοι ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθον (i. e. τῶν, ὅσοι) Il.2.492; alsoμνήσασθαι περί τινος Hdt.7.39
: freq. in [tense] aor. [voice] Pass. μνησθῆναι, Od.4.118, S.Ph. 310;μνησθῆναι περί τινος Hdt. 1.36
, cf. 9.45;περί τινος ἔς τινα Th.8.47
, cf. 1.10, 37, etc.;μνησθεὶς ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης D.18.21
;μ. τινὸς πρός τινα Lys.1.19
: later c. dat. pers., recall to one's memory, remind, ἐμνήσθην σοι καὶ παρόντι περί .. PLille12.1 (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.122.7, al. (iii B. C.): rarely c. acc.,ταῦτα καὶ μακάρων ἐμέμναντ' ἀγοραί Pi.I.8(7).29
: abs., μευ μεμναμένω εἰ φιλέεις με mentioning your name to see if.., Theoc.3.28.III give heed to,πατρὸς καὶ μητέρος Od.18.267
; μ. βρώμης give heed to food, 10.177; ὡς μεμνέῳτο δρόμου (v.l. δρόμους ) that he might give heed to the running, Il.23.361; μ. χάρμης, δαιτός, σίτου, 4.222, Od.20.246, Il.24.129;μεμνᾶσθαι πολέμου τε καὶ μάχας B.17.58
;ἀοιδᾶς Pi.Fr.94
. ([dialect] Aeol. [full] μιμναίσκω (not μιμνᾴσκω) Hdn.Gr.2.79, 178; but [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Ion., [dialect] Att. [full] μιμνήσκω without ι, PCair.Zen. 15v.35 (iii B. C., ὑπο-), Inscr.Magn.16.27 (early ii B. C., [ ἀνα-]), SIG 704E18 (Delph., late ii B. C., ὑπο-), Did.in An.Ox.1.196; cogn. with Lat. memini, etc.)Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μιμνήσκω
-
94 οἶδα
οἶδα,A [tense] pf. morphology, οἶδα I know, used as [tense] pres.: [tense] plpf. ᾔδεα (v. infr.), I knew, used as [tense] impf.:—[tense] pf. οἶδα, [dialect] Aeol.ὄϊδα Alc. 145
; [ per.] 2sg. οἶδας once in Hom., Od.1.337, cf. h.Merc. 456, Thgn.491, Hippon.89, Hp.Acut.67, E.Alc. 780, Philem.44.3 codd.; οἶσθα elsewh. in Hom., [dialect] Att., etc.; in Com. also sts.οἶσθας Cratin.105
, Alex.15.11, Men.348.5, cf. Herod.2.55; pl., ἴσμεν, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Dor. ἴδμεν, also [dialect] Ion., Hdt.1.6, al.; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- Od.2.211, al., but ῑς- ib. 283, al.];οἴδαμεν Hdt.2.17
,οἴδατε AP12.81
(Mel.),οἴδᾱσι Hdt.2.43
, X.Oec. 20.14 codd.; dual,οἴδατον Socr.Ep.22.1
: imper. ἴσθι, ἴστω, [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω, late codd.: from [ per.] 3pl. ἴσασι (ἴσαντι Epich. 53
) were formed [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1sg.ἴσᾱμι Epich.254
, Pi.P.4.248; [ per.] 3sg.ἴσατι IG14.644.4
([place name] Bruttii); [ per.] 1pl.ἴσᾰμεν Pi.N.7.14
, ἴσαμες prob. in Dialex. 6.12; Cret. [ per.] 3pl. subj. ; inf. ϝισάμην Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn 34 No.3.19; part.ἴσας A.D.Adv.175.19
, dat. sg.ἴσαντι Pi.P.3.29
, Cret. pl. : subj. εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, Il.14.235, Od.16.236), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. (Halic., V B.C.); [dialect] Ep. alsoεἴδω Od.1.174
, al. (cf. Hdn. Gr.2.131),εἴδομεν Il.1.363
,εἴδετε Od.9.17
: opt. εἰδείην, [ per.] 1pl. , R. 582a: inf. εἰδέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, alsoἰδέμεν Pi.N.7.25
: part. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, [dialect] Ep. also ἰδυῖα, Elean :—[tense] plpf.ᾔδεα Il.14.71
, Hdt.2.150, [var] contr.ᾔδη S.Ant.18
, Ar.Av. 511, Pl.Smp. 199a,ᾔδησθα Od.19.93
, Eup. 416, etc. (but ᾔδεισθα freq. in codd., Ar.Ec. 551, E.Cyc. 108, Pl.Men. 80d, al.), ᾔδεε ([etym.] ν) Il.17.402, al.,ᾔδη 1.70
, al. (also later [dialect] Att., acc. to Aristarch. ap. Choerob.in Theod.2.86), [dialect] Att. [var] contr. ᾔδει ([etym.] ν) E. Ion 1187, Ar.V. 558, etc.; [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἠείδης, ἠείδη (v.l. - εις, - ει), Il.22.280, Od.9.206; [dialect] Att. also [ per.] 1sg.ᾔδειν D.37.24
, [ per.] 2sg. , etc.; pl.,ᾔδειμεν Aeschin.3.82
, Arist.APo. 87b40,ᾔδεμεν Men.14D.
(to be read in S.OT 1232),ᾔδειτε D.55.9
, etc. ( ᾔδετε prob. in E.Ba. 1345), [dialect] Ion.ᾐδέατε Hdt.9.58
([etym.] συν-), ᾔδεισαν LXX Ge.42.23
, Str.15.3.23,ᾔδεσαν Hdt.7.175
, Thgn.54, etc.; late [dialect] Ep. ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, A.R.2.65,4.1700, also ᾖσμεν, ᾖστε, ᾖσαν, Ar.Fr.149.4 (prob.), S.Fr. 340, E. Cyc. 231, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.ἴσαν Il.18.405
, Od.4.772:—[tense] fut., in this sense,εἴσομαι Il.1.548
, Hp.VM20, Ar.Ach. 332, etc.; alsoεἰδήσω Od.7.327
, Hdt.7.234, Isoc.1.44, Aen.Tact.31.5, Arist.Top. 108a28, Herod.5.78, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Praef., etc.; inf.εἰδησέμεν Od.6.257
.—The [tense] aor. and [tense] pf. are usu. supplied by γιγνώσκω; [tense] aor. 1 inf. εἰδῆσαι is found in Hp.Acut.(Sp.) 22, Epid.6.8.25 (ἐξ-), Arist.EN 1156b27, Thphr.Char. Prooem.4; imper.εἴδησον PCair.Zen.36.2
(iii B.C.); [ per.] 3pl. subj. εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No. 190 (ii/i B.C.):—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, Hom., etc.: c. acc. rei, ; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, Od.2.122, Il.18.363, etc.: less freq. c. acc. pers.,τούτους μὲν δὴ οἶδα Od.4.551
, cf. Pl.R. 365e, D.54.34, etc.; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, Hdt.1.6, etc.;παλαίτατος ὧν ἀκοῇ ἴσμεν Th.1.4
: strengthd. by εὖ or σάφα, εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι know well, be assured of this, E.Med. 593;σάφ' οἶδ' ἐγώ A.Supp. 740
, etc.: freq. in Hom. with neut. Adj., to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, Il.24.41; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, Od.9.189; αἴσιμα, ἄρτια ᾔδη, 14.433, 19.248; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, Il.16.73;φίλα εἰδότες ἀλλήλοισιν Od.3.277
; κεχαρισμένα, πεπνυμένα εἰδώς, 8.584, 24.442: c. gen.,ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων Il. 12.229
;ὃς πάσης εἰδῇ σοφίης 15.412
; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow, 2.718;αἰχμῆς ἐῢ εἰ. 15.525
;οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς Od.1.202
;ἐῢ εἰδὼς τεκτοσυνάων 5.250
;μάχης ἐῢ εἰδότε πάσης Il.2.823
;κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360
; ;εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης 23.665
;θεοπροπίων ἐῢ εἰδώς 6.438
; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him, 14.235, Hdt.3.21, etc.: imper., freq. in protestations, ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness, Il.10.329;ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα 15.36
, etc.; [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc., Ar.Ach. 860, etc.: part. εἰδώς, abs., one who knows, one acquainted with the fact,ἰδυίῃ πάντ' ἀγορεύω Il.1.365
;μετ' εἰδόσιν ἀγορεύειν 10.250
;μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν Th.2.36
, cf. 3.53;μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος Pl.R. 337d
, etc.; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, Il.1.608,al.2 c. inf., know how to do,οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238
, cf. S.Ph. 1010, Ar.V. 376; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, E.Med. 664, D.4.40; of drugs,ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε Alex.
Trall.Febr.6; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 B.; learn, .3 c. part., to know that such and such is the fact, the part. being in nom. when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, A.Ag. 1670;ἴστω ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφεοῦ ἀποθανών Hdt.4.76
; : in acc. when it is predicate of the Object, ; : with part. omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (sc. ὄντα) Jul.Or.7.226a.4 less freq.c.acc. et inf.,πλήθους.. ἂν σάφ' ἴσθ' ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι A.Pers. 337
, cf. S.Ph. 1329;εὖ ἴσθι τοῦτον.. ἰσχυρῶς ἀνιᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.3.44
; alsoεὖ τόδ' ἴσθι, μηδάμ' ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ πλῆθος τοσουτάριθμον ἀνθρώπων θανεῖν A.Pers. 431
;ἕν γ' ἀκούσασ' ἴσθι, μὴ ψευδῶς μ' ἐρεῖν E.IA 1005
.5 c. acc. folld. by ὡς, ὅτι, etc.,οἶδα κἀμαυτὴν ὅτι ἀλγῶ S.El. 332
;ἐάν τινα εἰδῶσιν ὅτι ἄδικός ἐστι Pl.Prt. 323b
, etc.6 οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ .. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sts. with ἄν transposed,οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε E. Alc.48
, cf. D.45.7: with Verb omitted after εἰ, as οὐκ οἶδ' εἴ τις ἄλλος perhaps no other, Isoc.6.1, 12.10.7 in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως I know not how, Pl.R. 40cb;οὐκ οἶδ' ὁπόθεν Id.Cra. 396d
.8 οἶδα, ἴσθι are freq. parenthetic, ; σάφ' οἶδα ib.94, 963; also οἶδ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, πάρειμι δ' ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ' ὅτι (sc. πάρειμι ) I know it well, S.Ant. 276; οἶδ' ὅτι, freq. in D., as 9.1, al.;σάφ' ἴσθ' ὅτι Ar.Pl. 889
:—οἶσθ' ὅ, οἶσθ' ὡς, with imper., are common in Trag. and Com., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, Ar.Eq. 1158, cf. Pax 1051, etc.; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; S.OT 543; also οἶσθ'.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς; Id.OC75; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθω; E.IT 1203: rarely with the [tense] fut., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); Id.Cyc. 131, cf. Med. 600 codd. -
95 οὐ
οὐ, the negative ofA fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.A USAGE.I as the negative of single words,II as the negative of the sentence.I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g.εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained,εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
;εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
;ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή)φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles:οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives:οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.;οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs:οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.II as negativing the whole sentence,1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. withoutμά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.2 with ind. of statement,τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495;οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ;οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
;οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., ; , cf. 11.387.4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., , 20.286.5 with opt. andἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing,ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. andἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq.,ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning,χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
;ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
;διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
;μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.;νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
;ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; , etc.: in causal relative sentences,οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as , cf. Hec. 298;οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. withἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411;οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
;οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic.,εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion,μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
;κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so alsoδεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
;Id.
15.23, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged,εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
;E.
Ion 347.8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta,φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.;λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18;οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses,οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.;αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, ; . 3; , etc.; or into a causal sentence,τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
;τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, , cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., , etc.;ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; , cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found,ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
;τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
;οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
;τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; , cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43;τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v.μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used,τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
;τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; (whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137;ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
;ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article,ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
;A.
Pr. 956: so as a strong form of imper., ;E.
Ion 524; ;Din.
1.18; ;Ar.
Ach. 484; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives,οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; ;οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free,κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79;χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause,καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
;ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end,βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
;οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
;ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; soτὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. withὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.;Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause afterμέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b;κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., ;ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; : the first neg. may be a compd.,καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; (similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ; οὐ follows the compd. neg.,οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν )ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis,οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
;οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; : so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587;θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; (but prob. f.l.);οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force,ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
;ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g.οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, , cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.;οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; ;ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49;ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d;ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence,ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, ;σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
;ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as inἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., , etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, .—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess.,οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf.οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse,ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
;ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B), ;A.
Ag. 273,Fr. 310; ;Id.
Supp. 918, Ar. Pax 1027;ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared. -
96 πείθω
A persuade, [tense] impf.ἔπειθον Il.22.91
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr.πεῖθον 16.842
, B.8.16 : [tense] fut.πείσω Il.9.345
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. inf.πεισέμεν 5.252
: [tense] aor. 1ἔπεισα Pi.O.2.80
, A.Eu.84, Ar.Pl. 304, etc. (Hom. has only opt.πείσειε Od.14.123
); [dialect] Aeol. part.πείσαις Pi.O.3.16
: [tense] aor. 2ἔπῐθον Id.P.3.65
(poet. πίθον), Corinn.Supp.2.58 (poet. dual πιθέταν), A. Supp. 941, Ar.Pl. 949, Theoc.22.64, used by Hom. only in [dialect] Ep. redupl. formsπεπίθωμεν Il.9.112
,πεπίθοιμι 23.40
, A.R.3.14,πεπῐθεῖν Il.9.184
, A.R.3.536,πεπῐθών Pi.I.4(3).72
(v. infr.),πεπιθοῦσα Il.15.26
(ind. not in Il. or Od.,πέπιθον A.R.1.964
, ): [tense] pf.πέπεικα Lys. 26.7
, Is.8.24, Isoc.14.15 :—[voice] Med. and [voice] Pass. [full] πείθομαι, obey, Il.1.79, etc.: [tense] fut. πείσομαι ib. 289, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἐπῐθόμην, [dialect] Ep.πιθόμην 5.201
,ἐπίθετο Ar.Nu.73
,ἐπίθοντο Il.3.260
, IG22.29.14, redupl. ; imper.πίθεο Pi.P.1.59
, , pl. ; subj.πίθωμαι Il.18.273
, etc.; opt.πιθοίμην 4.93
, etc. (redupl.πεπίθοιτο 10.204
); inf.πιθέσθαι 7.293
, etc. (πεπιθέσθαι AP14.75
); part. : [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med.ἐπεισάμην IG12(5).720.5
(Andros, ii B. C.), Aristid.1.391 J., Sopat. in Rh.8.150 W.: [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.πεισθήσομαι S.Ph. 624
, Pl.Sph. 248e, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 , S.OT 526, Ar.Nu. 866, X.An.7.7.29 : [tense] pf. , E.El. 578, Pl.Prt. 328e; Thess. [tense] pf. inf.πεπεῖστειν IG9(2).517.16
(Larissa, iii B. C.).II intr. tenses of [voice] Act., in pass. sense, [tense] pf. 2πέποιθα Il.4.325
, etc. (not freq. in Prose); imper. codd.; [ per.] 2sg. subj.πεποίθῃς Il.1.524
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. πεποίθομεν (for- ωμεν) Od.10.335 ; opt. : [tense] plpf.ἐπεποίθειν Il. 16.171
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐπεποίθεσαν Hdt.9.88
; [dialect] Ep.πεποίθεα Od.4.434
, 8.181 ; [ per.] 1pl.ἐπέπιθμεν Il.2.341
, 4.159 : Pi. uses [tense] aor. 2 part. πιθών = πιθόμενος, P.3.28, redupl.πεπιθών I.4(3).72
.III as if from [full] πῐθέω, Hom. has [tense] fut.πῐθήσω Od.21.369
( obey): [tense] aor. part.πῐθήσας Il.4.398
( trust), cf. Hes. Op. 359, 671, Pi.P.4.109, A.Ch. 618 (lyr.), Lyc.735 ; redupl. [tense] aor. subj. πεπῐθήσω trans., Il.22.223 :—also [dialect] Aeol. [full] πίθημι, part.πίθεις Alc.Supp. 9.4
.A [voice] Act., prevail upon, persuade, usu. by fair means, τινα Il.9.345, etc.; πεπιθεῖν φρένας Αἰακίδαο ib. 184 ;σοὶ δὲ φρένας ἄφρονι πεῖθε 16.842
; , cf. Od.7.258, 23.337 ;Ἕκτορι θυμὸν ἔπειθε Il.22.78
: c. acc. pers. et inf., persuade one to.., ib. 223, A.Eu. 724, etc.; π. τινὰς ὥστε δοῦναι, etc., Hdt.6.5, cf. Th.3.31, etc.; ὥστε μὴ .. S.Ph. 901 ; later ἵνα .. Ev.Matt. 27.20, Plu.2.181a; π. τινὰς ὡς χρὴ.., ὡς ἔστι .., Pl.R. 327c, 364b;π. τινὰ ἐς τὴν ὁμολογίαν Th.5.76
;κοὐδείς γέ μ' ἂν πείσειεν.. τὸ μὴ ἐλθεῖν Ar.Ra.68
; πείθω ἐμαυτόν I persuade myself, am persuaded, believe, Th.6.33, And.1.70, Pl.Grg. 453b, etc.; alsoπ. τι ὠφέλιμον ὄν Th.4.17
: freq. in part., πείσας by persuasion, by fair means, opp. ἐν δόλῳ, S.Ph. 102, cf. 612; opp. βίᾳ, Trag.Adesp.402 ; πόλιν πείσας having obtained the city's consent, S. OC 1298 ;δᾶμον πείσαις λόγῳ Pi.O.3.16
; μὴ πείσας unless by leave, Pl.Lg. 844e ;οὐ πείσαντες τὸν δῆμον Aeschin.3.41
; πείθοντες, opp. βίᾳ, X.An.5.5.11 ; π. γυναῖκα, opp. βιάζεσθαι, Id.Cyr.6.1.34 ; πέπεικε, opp. ἠνάγκακε, Pl.Hipparch. 232b (butπ. ἀνάγκῃ D.C.62.16
, cf. πειθανάγκη): with neut. pron., persuade one to or of a thing,τοῦτό γε οὐκ ἔπειθε τοὺς Φωκαιέας Hdt.1.163
, cf. A.Pr. 1064 (anap.), Pl.R. 399b, etc.;ἔπειθον οὐδέν' οὐδέν A.Ag. 1212
; μὴ πεῖθ' ἃ μὴ δεῖ do not attempt to persuade me to.., S.OC 1442 ; also τοιάνδ' ἔπειθε ῥῆσιν addressed them thus, A.Supp. 615.2 prevail on by entreaty, Il. 24.219, Od.14.363 ;τότε κέν μιν ἱλασσάμενοι πεπίθοιμεν Il.1.100
; , cf. 181, 386, Hes.Sc. 450 ;Ζηνὸς ἦτορ λιταῖς Pi.O.2.80
, cf. Pl.R. 366a, Ap. 37d : c. dupl. acc.,τὸν φόρον ὑποτελῶ Ἀθηναίοισιν, ὃν ἂν πείθω Ἀθηναίους IG12.39.27
.II in bad sense, talk over, mislead,ἐπεὶ οὐ παρελεύσεαι οὐδέ με πείσεις Il.1.132
, cf. 6.360 ;ἔληθε δόλῳ καὶ ἔπειθεν Ἀχαιούς Od.2.106
, cf. 14.123 ;πεπιθοῦσα θυέλλας Il. 15.26
.2 π. τινὰ χρήμασι bribe, Hdt.8.134, Lys.21.10 ; π. ἐπὶ μισθῷ μισθῷ, Hdt.8.4, 9.33, Th.2.96, etc. ([voice] Pass.,χρήμασι πεισθείς Id.1.137
): prov.,δῶρα θεοὺς πείθει Hes.Fr. 272
; πείθειν τινά alone, Lys. 7.21, X.An.1.3.19, Act.Ap. 12.20.3 offood, tempt, Xenocr. ap. Orib. 2.58.84.B [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., to be prevailed on, won over, persuaded, abs., Il.5.201, etc. ; imper. freq. in Trag., πείθου be persuaded, S.OC 520, El. 1015, E.Fr. 440 ; but πιθοῦ comply, S.OC 1181, El. 1207 : c. inf., to be persuaded to do, Id.Ph. 624; πείθεσθέ μοι πρύτανιν ἑλέσθαι Pl.Prt. 338a ; also πείθεσθαί τινι ὥστε .. Th. 2.2 ; ὃ.. ὑμεῖς.. ἥκιστ' ἂν ὀξέως πείθοισθε (sc. πρᾶξαι) Id.6.34 ; ἑκὼν καὶ πεπεισμένος of one's own free will, POxy. ivp 203 (iv A.D.), etc. ; τὰ μὲν παρ' ἡμῶν ἴσθι σοι πεπεισμένα we are won over to you, Ar. Th. 1170.2 πείθεσθαί τινι listen to one, obey him, Il. 1.79, etc. ; τοῖς ἐν τέλει βεβῶσι π. S. Ant. 67 ; τοῖς ἄρχουσι, τῷ νόμῳ, X. Cyr. 1.2.8, An. 7.3.39 ;μᾶλλον τῷ θεῷ ἢ ὑμῖν Pl. Ap. 29d
: sts. c. dupl. dat., ἔπεσι, μύθοισι π. τινί, Il.1.150, 23.157 : without dat. pers.,ἐπείθετο μύθῳ 1.33
, cf. Od. 17.177 ; γήραϊ πείθεσθαι yield, succumb to old age, Il.23.645 ; στυγερῇ πειθώμεθα δαιτί let us comply with the custom of eating, sad though the meal be, ib.48 ; νῦν μὲν πειθώμεθα νυκτὶ μελαίνῃ, of leaving off the labours of the day, 8.502 ; ἀδίκοις ἔργμασι π. Sol.4.11, 13.12.b with Adj. neut., σημάντορι πάντα πιθέσθαι obey him in all things, Od. 17.21 ; ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω wherein I think some will not obey, Il.1.289, cf. 4.93, 7.48, Hdt. 6.100, etc. ;πάντ' ἔγωγε πείσομαι S.Aj. 529
;πείσομαι δ' ἃ σοὶ δοκεῖ Id.Tr. 1180
;οὐ.. πείθομαι τὸ δρᾶν Id.Ph. 1252
;μύθοις.. πεισθεὶς ἀφανῆ E. Hipp. 1288
(anap.), cf. Lys.22.3 : rarely with Noun in acc., χρήμασι πεισθῆναι [ τὴν ἀναχώρησιν] Th.2.21 (s.v.l.).3 c. gen., four times in Hdt.,πείθεσθαί τινος 1.126
, 5.29, 33,6.12, cf. E. IA 726, Th. 7.73 ;πείσθητί μευ Herod. 1.66
; κείνου.. πιθοίατο vulg. in Il.10.57.II πείθεσθαί τινι believe, trust in,πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ Od. 20.45
;οἰωνοῖσι Il.12.238
; ;ἐνυπνίῳ Pi.O. 13.79
;λεγομένοισι Hdt. 2.146
, etc.: c. acc. et inf., believe that..,οὐ γάρ πω ἐπείθετο ὃν πατέρ' εἶναι Od. 16.192
, cf. Hdt. 1.8, etc.: c. dat. pers. et inf., π. τινὶ μὴ εἶναι χρήματα, = ὅτι χρήματα οὐκ ἔχει, X.An. 7.8.3 : withὡς, οὐ πείσονται ὡς σὺ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἠθέλησας Pl. Cri. 44c
, cf. R. 391b : with neut. Adj. or Pron., τὰ περὶ Αἴγυπτον τοῖσι λέγουσι αὐτὰ π., οὐκ ἐπείθοντο τὰ ἐσαγγελθέντα, Hdt.2.12, 8.81 ;πείθεσθε τούτῳ ταῦτα Ar. Th. 592
; ταῦτ' ἐγώ σοι οὐ πείθομαι I do not take this on your word, Pl.Ap. 25e, cf. Phdr. 235b : abs.,ὡς ἐγὼ πείθομαι Phld.Po.5.34
.b π. τινὰ ὅπως .. to believe of him, that.., E. Hipp. 1251.III [tense] pf. 2 πέποιθα trust, rely on, c. dat. pers. vel rei, Il.4.325, etc. (not freq. in early Prose, asαὑτῷ πεποιθέναι Pl. Mx. 248a
): c. dat. et inf.,οὔ πω χερσὶ πέποιθα ἄνδρ' ἀπαμύνασθαι Od. 16.71
, cf. Il.13.96, etc.: c. dat.,οἷσι.. μαρναμένοισι πέποιθε Od.16.98
: later c. inf. only, πέποιθα τοῦτ' ἐπισπάσειν κλέος I trust to win this fame, S.Aj. 769 ; αἰχμήν.. μᾶλλον θεοῦ σέβειν πεποιθώς daring to.., A. Th. 530: once in Hdt., : rarely c. acc. et inf.,πέποιθα.. τὸν πυρφόρον ἥξειν κεραυνόν A. Th. 444
;εἴ τις πέποιθεν ἑαυτῷ Χριστοῦ εἶναι 2 Ep.Cor.10.7
; π. εἴς τινας ὅτι .. Ep.Gal.5.10; ἐπί τινας ὅτι .. 2 Ep.Cor. 2.3 ;ἐπὶ χρήμασι Ev.Marc. 10.24
: abs., ὄφρα πεποίθῃς that you may feel confidence, Il.1.524, Od.13.344 ; πεποιθώς in sure confidence, LXXDe. 33.28.IV post-Hom. [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. πέπεισμαι believe, trust, c. dat., ; , etc.: c. acc. et inf., συνοίσειν ταῦτα πέπ. D.4.51, cf. Pl. R. 368a : abs.,νῦν δὲ πέπεισμαι Id.Prt. 328e
; πεπεισμένος ἔκ τινων λογίων persuaded by.., Plu.Rom. 14 ;πεπείσμεθα περὶ ὑμῶν τὰ κρείττονα Ep.Hebr.6.9
. (Cf. Lat. fido, fides.) -
97 πρός
πρός, Prep., expressing direction,A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:I of Place, from,ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29
;τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037
(v.l.).2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154
;ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120
;ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62
, etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101
; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21
;π. Νεμέας Id.5.59
; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122
;τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121
, cf. 4.17.3 before, in presence of,μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339
;οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188
; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,b in the eyes of,ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71
, cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286
.4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67
;π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839
(lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130
: less freq. with other words,π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39
;π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14
;μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208
;μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515
(lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45
;ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a
, cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468
;μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324
.5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17
, cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25
;οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23
; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125
.II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85
, cf. 1.160, etc.;τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302
;δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90
; ;φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59
;τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550
, cf. S.Aj. 527;λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45
;κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139
, etc.;μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13
: with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57
; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429
;οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47
; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; alsoλόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120
; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269
, cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209
;αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111
;ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650
: with an Adj. or Subst.,τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162
;ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139
;ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919
;ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297
;πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562
;π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514
; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144
: with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.III of dependence or close connexion: hence,1 dependent on one, under one's protection,π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207
,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57
.IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153
, cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581
, cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585
, etc.;οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11
, etc.: of qualities, etc.,π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704
; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59
; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω
correctly,Id.
R. 470c; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14
([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7
; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190
, 11.423;ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408
; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί); πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86
; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15
;νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210
;π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371
;π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95
;π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180
(lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808
;π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34
; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79
;τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105
;αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1
; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13
, cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18
;π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28
.3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245
, Od.2.80;με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415
, cf. 7.279, 9.284; , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35
.4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507
;πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329
;προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111
; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;π. τινί
close to,Men.
Epit. 204.II to express close engagement, at the point of,π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169
; engaged in or about,π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c
, cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176
;ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22
; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (butπ. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6
);ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127
;π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74
; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7
, cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2
, cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα
in addition to,A.
Pr. 323, cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90
; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45
;τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774
; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b
; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31
,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420
; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239
; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374
;βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71
;κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147
; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435
;ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127
;ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342
;ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334
;πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395
;π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278
;τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931
; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3
;ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1
; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς
beside,Supp.Epigr.
6.106 ([place name] Cotiaeum).b of addition, (Argos, v B. C.);ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63
, cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244
, al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44
; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240
;στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477
; so in Prose,π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201
, cf. 4.40;π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149
; alsoἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22
(v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22
Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751
;πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d
, cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.4 in hostile sense, against,π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471
;ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378
; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108
;γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303
;χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88
;π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304
;ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65
;ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118
;ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c
;ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18
: also in argument, in reply to,ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c
; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34
.5 without any hostile sense,π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155
,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267
;μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19
, etc.;ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60
codd.;ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632
, Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45
; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d
; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285
.b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19
; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59
;γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82
, cf. Hdt. 1.61;π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22
;π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51
;π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491
; alsoσαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82
, cf. O.4.6;παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952
, etc.;ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14
;ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86
;εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340
; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c
;π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2
; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8
(Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10
;ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23
;τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314
, cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13
([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23
, cf. 16.10;τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12
, cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8
(Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14
;ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19
codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25; ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1
; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); alsoδιαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31
, cf. D.7.33.II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191
;ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552
;πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a
;ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22
;π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21
;π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089
; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii); ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.III of Relation between two objects,1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37
;οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..
in respect of..,Arist.
APr. 24a25, cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28
; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1
D.;π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8
(iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168
, cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.
s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14
, etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.2 in reference to, in consequence of,πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52
, cf. 4.161;π. τὴν φήμην
in view of..,Id.
3.153, cf. Th.8.39;χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59
;ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4
, etc.: with neut. Pron.,π. τί;
wherefore? to what end?S.
OT 766, 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;π. ταῦτα
therefore, this being so,Hdt.
5.9,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.3 in reference to or for a purpose,ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057
; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174
, cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12
;ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21
;ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60
; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7
.b with a view to or for a future time,ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62
(Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13
.c = πρός B. 11,ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8
;ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3
, cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34
;ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35
;π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94
, 8.44;πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10
, cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68
;ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50
; alsoἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3
;ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39
: also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2
, cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19
; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a
; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42
(Ephesus, iii B. C.);θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16
(Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1
, cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6
(Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b
; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); soἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a
; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126
, cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17
(Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8
;π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30
; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1
, cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4
([place name] Ptolemaic);π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b
(but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21
.κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3
;π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101
, cf. Sor.1.56;π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8
(ii A. D.);π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399
(ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89
.5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20
, cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47
;ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17
, cf. 314, etc.;εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22
; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32
;π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63
; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα
according to..,E.
Hipp. 701; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9
, cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84
; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13
(Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20
(s.v.l.);π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73
;τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735
; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130
(lyr.);π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214
; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8
,19;π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594
;π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494
; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13
;ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15
, cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e
; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1
, cf. S.OT 1152;π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3
, etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30
, cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);π. ἰσχύος χ.
by means of,E.
Med. 538; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23
, etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464
; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308
; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1
; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2
; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74
;καὶ π. Id.7.154
, 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110
, Pl.R. 328a, 466e;καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73
;καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67
; freq. at the end of a second clause,τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622
;ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e
, cf. E.Ph. 610;ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28
, cf. 22.60.E IN COMPOS.,I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.F REMARKS,1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653
, cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)σφέτερον Il.17.419
, cf. Pi.O.4.5.2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis. -
98 τίθημι
Aτιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P, l), Alc. codd. pler., corrupted to Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717;περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep.τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 (τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg.τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. (Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl.τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor.τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) (τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ; , Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.;ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep.τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.τίθεσαν Od.22.456
;τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
;πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); lateἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper.τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep.τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; , Pi.P.1.40;τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written (Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf.θησέμεναι Il.12.35
,θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic,ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep.θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. , etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion.θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep.θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl.θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT),προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, andκατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. ; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.θέμεναι Il.2.285
,θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor.θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part.θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl.ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. ; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. , Pl. Sph. 237b, , [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part.τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut.θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg.ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part.θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg.θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper.θέο Od. 10.333
, ; subj. , etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. , etc.; [ per.] 3sg.θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, butπρος-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf.τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. (Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. , Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. , Lys.31.28, etc. (ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. codd. (but f.l.); part.τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense)ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.A in local sense, set, put, place,λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.;θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself,δίφρον 20.387
);ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down,IG
42(1).122.31 (Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412;προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
;χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion,ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204;ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med.,ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.b with Preps. of local sense, ([voice] Med.,ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, asἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
;ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, asεἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.;ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; (v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, asδέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
;ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., asθῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
;τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
;ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310;ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ([voice] Med.,ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.c in Poets also with dat. only,χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med.,κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.II Special phrases:1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί orχείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597;οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, : hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123;σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., : also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82;περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29;μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.);ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart,ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470;ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; alsoμένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449;καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
;θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729;θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.7 deposit, as in a bank,τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; ;ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., .ά, cf. Od.13.207;τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.);ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
;συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass.,τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, , cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3;τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
;τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
;τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.);τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med.,θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13;θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.b bear arms, fight,τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
;τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
;ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a;ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act.,τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3;εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.II lay in the grave, bury, (freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass.,τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e;ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.III set up, of the prizes in games,ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; (so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, ; ; so alsoτ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.2 set up in a temple, dedicate,ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
;τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).IV assign, award,τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
;ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., withoutὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., .V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass.,τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); alsoθήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
;κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., : c. dat. et inf.,γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.2 [voice] Med., agree upon,ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.VI establish, institute, , cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.);πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods,οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180;ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.);τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846;τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.);ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737;τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
;τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; :—[voice] Med., administer for oneself,οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
;ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; ;τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
;τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
;τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; ;τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
;εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
;τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5;τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι), πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up,ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
;θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82;ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; ;τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; : abs.,θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass.,εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice,πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39;ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26;στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.;θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.;ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483;τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363;ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274;ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
;ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; ; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.c generally,προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.);μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; (lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; (lyr.); , cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c;εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; withὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a;μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.3 folld. by Preps.,τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
;ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; alsoοὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
;ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
;ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but (i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani));ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876;ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
;ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
;ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist,ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.2 make, cause, bring to pass,ἔργα Il.3.321
;τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
;ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
;ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers.,σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; , etc.;πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; 6, etc.;χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
;πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
;εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
;αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418;θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; ; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226;εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5;μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276;θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
;περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.) -
99 τις
A any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions v. infr.):—but τίς; τί; Interrog. Pron. who? what?, oxyt. in the monosyll. cases, parox. in the others:—Dialectal forms: Cypr. σις ( si se) Inscr.Cypr.135.10 H.; Arc. σις (with <*> for ς) IG5(2).262.25 (Mantinea, v B.C.); Thess. κις ib.9(2).515.12 ([place name] Larissa), 1226.4, 1229.27 ([place name] Phalanna), pl. κινες ib.517.41 ([place name] Larissa), neut. κι in διεκί, ποκκί (qq.v.); neut. pl. [dialect] Dor. σά, [dialect] Boeot. τά, [dialect] Aeol. dat. τίω, τίοισι (v. infr. B). (I.-E. q[uglide]i-, cf. Lat. quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, v. ἄσσα, σά μάν; with τέο (v. infr. B) cf. OSlav. gen. c<*>eso.)A Indef. Pron. τις, τι, gen. [dialect] Ion. τεο Od.16.305, Hdt.1.58; more freq. τευ Il.2.388, al., Hdt.4.30, al., Meliss.7, etc.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. του A.Pr.21, Ar.Ach. 329, Th.1.70, etc. (sts. fem., S.Aj. 290, OT 1107 (lyr.), E.Hec. 370, etc.); του is rare after 300 B.C., never in LXX or NT, but found in IG12(5).798.17 (Tenos, iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.250.6, 647.23 (iii B.C.), Plb.3.23.3, revived by the Atticists, D.H.8.29, Plu.Fab.20, etc.; τινος Pi.P.2.90, IG12.16.17, 65.41, A.Eu. 5, Ch. 102, S.Ant. 698, al., Hdt.2.109, al. (Rh.Mus.72.483), etc.; dat. [dialect] Ion.τεῳ Il.16.227
, Od.11.502, Hdt.2.48, 5.86; Trag. and [dialect] Att. τῳ (also in Hom., Il.1.299, 12.328, Od.13.308, 20.297, al., always in masc.) A.Th. 1045, IG12.39.54, D.S.18.45; as fem., A.Th. 472, S. OT80, etc.; τινι (Hom. in the formοὔ τινι Il.17.68
, Od.14.96) Pi. O.9.26, al., B.17.12, Hdt.1.114 (elsewh. fem., 2.62, 3.69, 83, 4.113), A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 443, 495, etc.; acc. τινα Il.1.62, 5.761, etc., neut. τι 2.122, etc.: dual τινε Od.4.26, Pl.Sph. 237d, Prm. 143c, 149e: pl. τινες (Hom. only inοὔ τινες Od.6.279
, 17.587 and οἵτινες (v. ὅστις)); [dialect] Dor. τινεν SIG527.127 (Drerus, iii B.C.); nom. and acc. neut. τινα (ὅτινα Il.22.450
), never in Trag., Ar., Th., or Hdt., f.l. in Isoc.4.74, first in Pl.Chrm. 163d, Ep. 325a, D.47.63, Hyp.Ath.19, Alex.110, Sotad.Com.1.22, Arist.EN 1094a5, IG42(1).121.35 (Epid., iv B.C.), etc.; ἄσσα (q.v.) Od.19.218, never in Trag. or Hdt.; [dialect] Att. ἄττα first in Th.1.113, 2.100, Ar.Ra. 173, al., Pl.R. 400a, etc., never in LXX, Plb., D.S., Str., revived by the Atticists, D.H.Comp.3, etc.; gen. [dialect] Ion. τεων Hdt.2.175, 5.57, τεῶν cj. for γε ῶν in 4.76; τινων not in Hdt., first in Ar.Eq. 977 (lyr.); dat. τισι, τισιν, first in Hdt. 9.113, X.Ath.1.18; N.-W. [dialect] Dor. τινοις GDI1409.5 (Delph., iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. τεοισι Hdt.8.113, 9.27 (for τεοις and τεον v. τεός); acc. τινας Il.15.735, Od.11.371 (also in οὕστινας, ὅτινας, v. ὅστις), etc.; neut. τινα (v. supr.):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as Adj. any, some, and serving as the Indef. Art. a, an;θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Il.5.191
;καί τις θεὸς ἡγεμόνευεν Od.9.142
; οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν ἠείδη δμώων ib. 205; ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ.. ib. 339; μή τίς μοι ὑποδείσας ἀναδύη ib. 377, cf. 405- 410; εἴ τινά που μετ' ὄεσσι λάβοι ib. 418, cf. 421, al.; τις θεός construed as if τις θεῶν, 19.40, cf. 11.502, IG12.94.19, E.Hel. 1039.II special usages:1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one,ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Il.7.201
, etc.: sts. with meiosis, implying all or men, 13.638, Od.3.224; so in Prose, Hdt.5.49 fin., Th.2.37, etc.2 any one concerned, every one,εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Il.2.382
; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself, 17.254; , cf. 16.209, 17.227, al.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., even with the imper., τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Aj.417 (lyr.), cf. E.Ba. 346, Ar.Av. 1187; ; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Th.1.40, cf. 6.77;ὅ τί τις ἐδύνατο Id.7.75
; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, D.21.66, cf. 19.35:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words,τις ἕκαστος Od.9.65
, Th.6.31, etc.; , Hdt.6.80, Th.8.94, etc.;ἅπας τις Hdt.3.113
, etc.;οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον Id.4.118
. In these senses, τις is freq. combined with pl. words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, S.Aj. 965; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Th.4.85;ἐτόλμα τις.., ὁρῶντες Id.2.53
, cf. 7.75; esp. after εἴ or ἤν τις, X. Mem.1.2.62, al.3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Id.An.1.4.12, cf. Ar.Ra. 552, Theoc.5.122; so also euphem. for something bad,ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Th.2.74
;ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11
: hence for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers. Pron.,ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Il.1.289
, cf. S.Ant. 751; ποῖ τις τρέψεται; for ποῖ τρέψομαι; Ar.Th. 603, cf. S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), 1138, Th.4.59, X.An.3.4.40, 5.7.31, etc.4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sts. with an ironical force,φοβεῖταί τις A.Ch.59
(lyr.);μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον D.4.8
; as voc., τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Ar.Pl. 1196.5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, E.El. 939;εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες Arist.Pol. 1293b13
;τὸ δοκεῖν τιν' εἶναι Men.156
;τὸ δοκεῖν τινὲς εἶναι D.21.213
;ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δ' ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι Id.10.71
; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, Theoc.11.79, cf. Act.Ap.5.36; also in neut., , cf.Phd. 63c, Phdr. 243a, Euthd. 303c, etc.:— so τι λέγειν to be near the mark, opp. οὐδὲν λέγειν, Id.Prt. 339c, R. 329e, Phdr. 260a, etc.;ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν εἴ τι ὅδε λέγει Id.Cra. 407e
;οἴεσθέ τι ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες Id.Smp. 173c
.b τις is sts. opp. to another word,ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. Pi.Fr. 221
;τισὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποροῦσι συνεξέδωκε θυγατέρας.., τοὺς δ' ἐλύσατο ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων Lys.19.59
;μέρος μέν τι σιδήρου, μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον LXX Da.2.33
(more freq. with the Article, v. infr. 10 c); ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codd. BT)αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Pl.Cra. 412c
;ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας.. ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν Arist.Pol. 1298a9
, cf. 1277a23; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Id.Cat. 6a38;τὸ πρώτως ὂν καὶ οὐ τὶ ὂν ἀλλ' ὂν ἁπλῶς Id.Metaph. 1028a30
; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; Id.Pol. 1269a26.6 with pr. names τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so,ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Il.5.9
, cf. X.An.3.1.4, etc.; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, S.Ph. 442.b one of the same sort, converting the pr. name into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, A.Ag.55 (anap.); [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyr.in PVat.11v xi7;Σκύλλαν τινά A.Ag. 1233
, cf.Ar.V. 181, Av. 512, Ra. 912: so alsoὥς τις ἥλιος A.Ag. 288
; ἰσθμόν τιν' Ar. Th. 647.7 with Adjs. τις combines to express the idea of a Subst. used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Od.17.449, cf. 18.382, 20.140, Il.3.220; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dull ard, Pl.R. 358a, cf. Prt. 340e; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a cow ard, A.Pr. 696, cf. Th. 979(lyr.), Ag. 1140 (lyr.); ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion ( = ταχέως πως), S.Aj. 1266, cf. OT 618, Hdt.4.198; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Id.3.155, 5.33.8 with numerals and Adjs. expressing number, size, or the like , εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, Il.1.144;ἕνα τιν' ἂν καθεῖσεν Ar.Ra. 911
;δώσει δέ τι ἕν γε φέρεσθαι Od.15.83
;τινὰ μίαν νύκτα Th.6.61
;προσκαλεσάμενός τινας δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν Act.Ap.23.23
; sts. the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Th.7.34;ἐς διακοσίους τινάς Id.3.111
, cf. 7.87, 8.21; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Id.3.52; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Id.8.3; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Id.3.68; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, A.Pers. 510, Th. 6.94, etc.; ὀλίγοι τινές orτινὲς ὀλίγοι Id.2.17
, 3.7; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Hdt.5.48;τις στρατιὰ οὐ πολλή Th.6.61
; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Od.10.45, cf. Hdt. 1.193, 2.18, etc.;κόσοι τινές Id.7.234
;πηλίκαι τινὲς τιμωρίαι Isoc. 20.3
;πολλὸς γάρ τις ἔκειτο Il.7.156
;ἐκ πολλοῦ τευ χρόνου Hdt. 2.58
.9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Od.20.38, cf. 380; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Il.5.638 (dub. l.), cf. Od.9.348, 20.377, Pl.Prt. 313a, etc.;ποῖός τις S.Ant.42
, OC 1163, Hdt.3.34, X.An.7.6.24, etc.;ὁποῖός τις Id.Cyr.2.2.2
, al.;εὐτυχίη τις τοιήδε Hdt.3.139
, cf. X.Mem.1.1.1, etc.;τοιοῦτός τις Id.An.5.8.7
.10 with the Article,a when a noun with the Art. is in appos. with τις, as ὅταν δ' ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, S.OC 289; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (v.l. τινα) Id.OT 107.b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Art. to show that the Art. is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opp. ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Arist.Cat. 1b4, 8; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opp. ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Id.Pol. 1283a4, cf. S.E.P.2.223; but in , the Art. is used as in Il. cc. s.v. ὁ, ἡ, τό B.1.5
: later ὅ τις (or ὁ τὶς ) much like ὁ δεῖνα, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, PMag.Par.1.236; αἴρω σε, ἥ τις βοτάνη ib.287; εἰς τήν τινα κρείαν (leg. χρείαν) ib.289.c freq. in opposed clauses,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. E.Med. 1141
, Hec. 624, Pl.Phd. 99b, etc.;ὁ μέν τις.., ἄλλος δὲ.. E.IT 1407
;ὁ μὲν.., ὁ δέ τις.. X.Cyr.1.4.15
: pl.,οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.. Hdt.1.127
, cf. Th.2.91;οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.., οἱ δέ τινες X.Cyr.3.2.10
, etc.; οἱ μὲν.., οἱ δέ τινες.. ib.6.1.26, etc.: also combined with other alternative words,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Id.Smp.2.6
; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.. , etc., Ar. Pl. 162 sq.: also in neut.,τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Pl.Ep. 358a
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δὲ.. Hdt.3.40
; in adverb. sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.., Plb.1.73.4; and τι remains unaltered even when the Art. is pl.,τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι X.An.4.1.14
, cf. HG7.1.46; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Th.1.107, cf. 118, 7.48.d later τις is used as in b supr. but without the Art., γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, POxy.937.22 (iii A.D.); κληρονόμους καταλείπω τὴν θυγατέρα μού τινα καὶ τὸν σύντροφον αὐτῆς τινα καί τινα ib.1034.2 (ii A.D.); τίς τινι χαίρειν A to B greeting (in a draft letter), ib. 509 (ii A.D.).II the neut. τι is used,a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.., Th.7.48; so perh. τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ' Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ' ἀνθρώπων no class, h.Ven.34 (but masc. τις in h.Merc. 143).b euphem. for something bad, v. supr. 3.c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all,ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Il.5.421
;παρεθάρρυνέ τι αὐτούς X.HG6.4.7
, etc.: with Adjs. or Adverbs, οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, οὕτω δή τι πολύγονον, etc., Hdt.3.12, 108, cf. 4.52; so alsoὀλίγον τι ἧσσον Od.15.365
;οὐδέ τι μᾶλλον Hdt.6.123
, etc.;ἧσσόν τι Th.3.75
, etc.; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, v. πάνυ 1.3,πολύς 111.1a
, 2a, σχεδόν IV; also in conjunction withοὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Hdt.6.3
; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, E.Alc. 522, S.Aj. 280;μηδέν τι λίαν E.Andr. 1234
:—also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Th.1.107;καί πού τι καί Pi.O.1.28
.12 τίς τε freq. in Hom.,ὡς ὅτε τίς τε Il.3.33
, 4.141, v. τε B.13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Hdt.3.140, X.Cyr.7.5.45, D.C.47.5, 48.4; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 17b;ἢ οὐδεὶς ἤ τις D.C.41.62
(s. v.l.).b repeated in successive clauses, ; (where however κἄτι πλείους is prob. cj.), cf. E.Or. 1218 (whereas τις is sts. omitted in the first clause, , cf. S.Tr.3): but in E.Andr. 734, ἔστι γάρ τις οὐ πρόσω.. πόλις τις, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in A.Supp.57 sq. (lyr., s. v.l.).15 τις is sts. omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (sc. τις) Il.13.287; ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (sc. τις)φεύγοντα διώκειν 22.199
, cf. S.OC 1226 (lyr.), Leg.Gort.2.2, X.Smp.5.2, Pl.Grg. 456d: τις must often be supplied from what goes before, ib. 478c, Prt. 319d.b sts. also τις is omitted before a gen. case which must depend upon it, asἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς S.Aj. 189
(lyr.); ἢν γαμῇ ποτ' αὐτὸς ἢ [τις]τῶν ξυγγενῶν Ar.Nu. 1128
;ἐν τῶν πόλεων IG12.56.14
.--Cf. ὅστις, οὔτις, μήτις, ἄλλο τι.1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc., cf. Choerob. in Theod.1.373 H.) and barytone when followed by another word ( τὶς or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Sch. D.T.p.240 H. its orthotone accent is τίς (not τὶς) , τίνα, τίνες, etc. The orthotone form is used in codd.:a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον.. ; is any one within? A.Ch. 654 ( τὶς cj. Hermann); τί φημι; = λέγω τι; am I saying anything? S.Tr. 865, OT 1471; <τίς ἦλθε;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Somebody has come, Sch.D.T. l.c.; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), S.E.M.8.97; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Sch.Theoc.7.78;τίς ποτε οἰκοδεσπότης.. ἐκοπία Aesop.
in Gloss. iii p.41; or after a pause,πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ἔφην ἐγώ, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὶς ἀποκρίναιτο Pl.R. 337e
; τι οὖν ([etym.] τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγεις; D.1.14 (v.l.);ἔντοσθεν δὲ γυνά, τι θεῶν δαίδαλμα Theoc.1.32
;οὐ γυμνὸν τὸ φίλαμα, τι δ' ὦ ξένε καὶ πλέον ἑξεῖς Mosch.1.5
(v.l. for τὺ).b when τις is opp. to another τις or to some other word,τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ' οὐ συμφέρει Arist.Pol. 1284b40
, cf. Th.2.92, Pl.Cri. 49a, D. 9.2;τινὲς μὲν οὖν.., ἡμεῖς δὲ.. Sor.1.1
;τὸ τὶ μὲν ψεῦδος ἔχον, τὶ δὲ ἀληθές S.E.M.8.127
;ἀλλὰ τινὰ μὲν.., τινὰ δὲ.. Gem.14.6
;ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς πάντα, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς τινά Sor.1.48
: without such opposition, τοῦτ' εἰς ἀνίαν τοὔπος ἔρχεται τινί for a certain person, S.Aj. 1138. Codd. are not consistent; in signf.11.5a, 10c, 13 they make it enclitic; in signf. 11.5b sts. enclitic, sts. orthotone (v. supr.); sts. enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence,πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Arist.Metaph. 1032a14
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 165c.2 position:a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (v. supr. 111.1a, b); it may stand second word,ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Od.9.508
, cf. Il.8.515, 23.331; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ; .b in [dialect] Ion. Prose it sts. stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive,τῶν τις Περσέων Hdt.1.85
;τῶν τις ἱρέων Id.2.38
;τῶν τινες Φοινίκων Id.8.90
;ἐς τῶν τι ἄλλο στομάτων τοῦ Νείλου Id.2.179
; so also in late Prose, Ath.3.108d, Eust.1402.18, 1659.27, 1676.1.c it stands between the Art. and Subst. in signf.11.10b.d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, IG12.110.46, Th.7.10, X.An.4.1.14 (codd. dett.), D.22.22, etc.e whereas in [dialect] Att. the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in [dialect] Dor. the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Leg.Gort.9.43, al., Tab.Heracl.1.105, al. (butαἴ κά τις Epich.35
, 159;αἰ δέ κα μή τις Leg.Gort.5.13
): later [dialect] Dor. , al.; καἴ τι ἂν ( = καὶ εἴ τι ἂν) IG5(1).1390.50 (Andania, i B.C., v. infr. B.11.1b):—this [dialect] Dor. order influenced the Koine, as in the rareεἴ τις ἂν Plu.TG15
. -
100 τρέπω
Aτρέψω 15.261
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1ἔτρεψα 18.469
, etc., [dialect] Ep.τρέψα 16.645
: besides [tense] aor. 1 Hom. has [tense] aor. 2 ἔτρᾰπον, Od.4.294, al., also Pi.O.10(11).15 (sts. also intr., v. περιτρέπω 11 and perh. Il.16.657, cf. 111 fin.): [dialect] Aeol. [tense] aor. ἔτροπον, v. ἀνατρέπω: [tense] pf. , Anaxandr.51, ([etym.] ἀνα-) S.Tr. 1009 (lyr.), And.1.131; laterτέτρᾰφα Din.1.108
, ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.30, D.18.296 (cod. S), Aeschin.1.190, 3.158 (but cf. Wackernagel Studien zum griech. Perf.15);ἐπι-τέτραφα Plb.30.6.6
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.τρέψομαι Hdt.1.97
, Hp.Prog.20, E. Hipp. 1066, etc.: [tense] aor.ἐτρεψάμην Od.1.422
, E.Heracl. 842: also [tense] aor. 2ἐτραπόμην Il.16.594
, Hdt.2.3, al. (used also in pass. sense, ([etym.] ἀν-) Il.6.64, 14.447, and once in [dialect] Att., ([etym.] ἀν-) Pl.Cra. 395d); imper. : [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.τρᾰπήσομαι Plu.Nic.21
, etc.; alsoτετράψομαι Ph.1.220
, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Pisistr. ap. D.L.1.54: [tense] aor.ἐτρέφθην Hom. Epigr.14.7
, once in Trag., E.El. 1046 (v. ἐπιτρέπω); [dialect] Ion.τραφθῆναι Od.15.80
, cf. Hdt.4.12: [tense] aor. 2 ἐτράπην [pron. full] [ᾰ] A.Pers. 1029 (lyr.), Ar.Ec. 416, etc.; ἐτρέπην ([etym.] ἐν-) UPZ5.24 (ii B. C.): [tense] pf. ; [ per.] 3pl.τετράφαται Thgn.42
, cf. Il.2.25 ([etym.] ἐπι-); [ per.] 3sg. imper.τετράφθω 12.273
; part.τετραμμένος 19.212
, etc.: [tense] plpf., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.τέτραπτο Od.4.260
; [ per.] 3pl.τετράφατο Il.10.189
.—From the [tense] aor. 2 has been formed the [tense] pres. ἐπιτρᾰπέουσι, ib. 421; cf. τραπητέον.—The [dialect] Ion. forms used by Hdt. are [tense] pres. [voice] Pass.τράπονται 6.33
, al.; [ per.] 3sg. [tense] impf.τρέπεσκε 4.128
; [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.τραφθείς 9.56
; but [tense] fut. ἐπιτράψομαι is f. l. in 3.155, and in the [tense] pres. [voice] Act. and [voice] Pass. codd. vary (both forms in codd. of 2.92 ([voice] Act.),τρέπεται 1.117
,τράπεται 4.60
):—[dialect] Dor. forms, [full] τράπω EM114.19; [tense] fut. ([place name] Crete):— turn or direct towards a thing, Hom., etc.; mostly folld. by a Prep.,τ. [φύσας] ἐς πῦρ Il.18.469
;ἐς ποταμὸν φλόγα 21.349
; εἰς εὐνὴν τράπεθ' ἥμεας show us to bed, Od.4.294 (perh. with a punning reference to ταρπώμεθα in next line); (as though τραπείομεν in Il.3.441 belonged to τρέπω and not to τέρπω; unless there is a pause after λέκτρονδε); θυμὸν εἰς ἔργον τ. Hes.Op. 316
;εἰς ἐχθροὺς βέλος A.Th. 255
;πόλεις ἐς ὕβριν Th.3.39
;τὸν ἄνθρωπον.. εἰς ἀθυμίαν D.23.194
;πρὸς ἠέλιον κεφαλήν Od.13.29
;πρὸς ὄρος πίονα μῆλα 9.315
;πρὸς εὐφροσύναν ἦτορ Pi.I.3.10
;τὰς γνώμας πρὸς χρηματισμόν Pl.Ep. 355b
; alsoἐπ' ἐμπορίην θυμόν Hes.Op. 646
, cf. Pl. Phdr. 257b, R. 508c;δᾶμον ἐς ἡσυχίαν Pi.P.1.70
;ἐπ' ἐχθροῖς χεῖρα S.Aj. 772
;κατὰ πληθὺν τ. θυμόν Il.5.676
;ἀντίον Ζεφύρου πρόσωπον Hes.Op. 594
: with Advbs.,πάντων ὁμόσε στόματ' ἔτραπε Il.12.24
;οὐκ οἶδ' ὅποι χρὴ.. τ. ἔπος S.Ph. 897
;ἐνταῦθα σὴν φρένα E.IT 1322
; τὴνδιάνοιαν ἄλλοσε Pl.R. 393a
;ἐκεῖσε τ. τὰς ἡδονάς Id.Lg. 643c
;ἐπὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τὸν λόγον Sor.2.23
: c. inf., σέ.. ἔτραπε.. ὀργὰ παρφάμεν led thee to speak crookedly, Pi.P.9.43:—also in [voice] Med.,τραπέσθαι τινὰ ἐπί τι Pl.Euthd. 303c
, cf. Chrm. 156c:—[voice] Pass.,κεῖται ἀνὰ πρόθυρον τετραμμένος Il.19.212
.2 [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., turn one's steps, turn in a certain direction,τραφθῆναι ἀν' Ἑλλάδα Od.15.80
;τραφθέντες ἐς τὸ πεδίον Hdt. 9.56
;ἐς Θήβας ἐτραπόμην Id.2.3
; ἐπὶ Προκόννησον, ἐπ' Ἀθηνέων, Id 6.33, 5.57: with Advbs., ἀμηχανεῖν ὅποι τράποιντο which way to turn, A. Pers. 459;ἀμηχανῶ.. ὅπᾳ τράπωμαι Id.Ag. 1532
(lyr.);πᾷ τις τράποιτ' ἄν; Id.Ch. 409
(lyr.);ποῖ τρέψομαι; E.Hipp. 1066
, cf. X.An.3.5.13;ποῖ χρὴ τραπέσθαι; Lys.29.2
: c. acc. cogn., τραπέσθαι ὁδόν take a course, Hdt.1.11, cf. 9.69, Pl.Sph. 242b;πολλὰς ὁδοὺς τραπόμενοι κατὰ ὄρη Th.5.10
; .3 in [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med. also, turn or betake oneself, εἰς ὀρχηστύν, εἰς ἀοιδήν, Od.1.422, 18.305;ἐπὶ ἔργα Il.3.422
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀναιδείην Hom Epigr.14.7;ἐπὶ σωφροσύνην Thgn.379
;ἐπὶ ψευδέα ὁδόν Hdt.1.117
;ἐπὶ φροντίδας E.IA 646
;ἐφ' ἁρπαγήν Th.4.104
;ἐπ' εἰρήνην X.HG4.4.2
;ἐς τὸ μαίνεσθαι S.OC 1537
;ἐς ἀλκήν Th.2.84
;εἰς ἁρπαγὴν ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας X.HG6.5.30
;κατὰ θέαν τετραμμένοι Th.5.9
;πρὸς ἀλκήν Hdt.3.78
;πρὸς τὸ κέρδιον τραπείς S.Aj. 743
;πρὸς λῃστείαν Th.1.5
;πρὸς ἄριστον τετρ. Hdt.1.63
;πρὸς τὸν πότον Pl.Smp. 176a
, etc.; also τ. πρός τινα betake oneself, have recourse to him, Cratin.152, X.An.4.5.30, Pl.Prt. 339e;ἐφ' ἱκετείαν τ. τῶν διωκόντων Id.Ap. 39a
.4 [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., of places, to be turned or look in a certain direction,πρὸς ζόφον Od. 12.81
; πρὸς ἄρκτον, πρὸς νότον, etc., Hdt. 1.148, Th.2.15, etc.; alsoπρὸς τοῦ Τμώλου Hdt.1.84
; ἄντ' ἠελίου τετρ. straight towards, Hes. Op. 727.II turn, i. e. turn round or about, πάλιν τρέπειν turn back,ἵππους Il.8.432
; τινα ib. 399; ὄσσε, δόρυ, 21.415, 20.439; τὰ καλὰ τ. ἔξω turn the best side outmost, show the best side (of a garment), Pi.P.3.83:—[voice] Pass.,πάλιν ἐτράπετ' Il.21.468
;μή τις ὀπίσσω τετράφθω 12.273
; c. gen., turn from..,υἷος 18.138
; ἐτράπετ' αἰχμή the point bent back, like ἀνεγνάμφθη, 11.237; of the sun having passed the meridian,πόστην ἥλιος τέτραπται; Ar.Fr. 163
, cf. Antig. Mir.60; also of the solstice, ἐπειδὰν ἐν χειμῶνι τράπηται [ὁ ἥλιος] (v.τροπή 1
) X.Mem.4.3.8, cf. Pl.Lg. 915d;τραπείσης τῆς ὥρας Arist. HA 628b26
:—intr. in [voice] Act., περὶ δ' ἔτραπον ὧραι, v. περιτρέπω 11.2 τ. τι εἴς τινα turn upon another's head, τ. τὴν αἰτίαν, τὴν ὀργὴν εἴς τινα, Is.8.41, D.8.57; freq. in imprecations, ἐς κεφαλὴν τράποιτ' ἐμοί on my head be it! Ar.Ach. 833, cf. Hdt.2.39; εἰς σεαυτὸν τρεπέσθω on your head be it! IG4.444 ([place name] Phlius);ἦ κἀπ' ἐμοὶ τρέποιτ' ἂν αἰτίας τέλος; A.Eu. 434
; keep your ills to yourself,Ar.
Ach. 1019, Nu. 1263;πρὸς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς τρέψεσθε Lys.8.19
.3 alter, change,φρένας Il.6.61
;τὰς γνώμας X.An.3.1.41
; [τὸ χρῶμα] Sor.1.35; [ τὸ γάλα] ib.92;ἔτραπεν κεῖνον μισθῷ χρυσός Pi.P.3.55
; deceive, Archil.166;ἐς κακὸν τ. τινά Pi.P.3.35
; (troch.); , cf. Hdt.7.105, etc.: [voice] Med., πρὸς τὰς ξυμφορὰς τὰς γνώμας τρέπεσθαι shift their views, Th.1.140, cf. Plu. 2.71e, etc.:—[voice] Pass., to be changed,τρέπεται χρώς Il.13.279
, cf. Od. 21.413, Hes.Op. 416; τὴν χρόαν τρέπεσθαι, of animals, Plu.2.51d; τῷ χρώματι τρεπομένας, of women, Sor.1.35 (so abs., of a man, Id.Vit.Hippocr.5);ὁ οὕτω τρεπόμενος σφυγμός Gal.18(2).40
;τρέπεται νόος Od.3.147
;νόος ἐτράπετ' 7.263
;Διὸς ἐτράπετο φρήν Il.10.45
;τράπομαι καὶ τὴν γνώμην μετατίθεμαι Hdt.7.18
; ὁρῶν αὐτοὺς τετραμμένους seeing that they had changed their minds, Id.9.34, cf. Th.4.106;ἐπὶ τὰ βελτίω τρέπου Ar.V. 986
: c. inf.,κραδίη τέτραπτο νέεσθαι Od.4.260
;ἐτράποντο.. τῷ δήμῳ.. τὰ πράγματα ἐνδιδόναι Th. 2.65
: c. acc. cogn.,πλείους τραπόμενος τροπὰς τοῦ Εὐρίπου Aeschin. 3.90
; οἶνος τρέπεται the wine turns, becomes sour (v. τροπίας), S.E. P.1.41;ἡ ξανθὴ χολὴ.. εἰς τὸν ἰώδη τρέπεται χυμόν Gal.16.534
; ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐπὶ τὸ κομψότερον ἐτράπη has taken a turn for the better, POxy.935.5 (iii A. D.); ἐπὶ τὸ ῥᾷον ἔδοξεν τετράφθαι ib.939.17 (iv A. D.); τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν εἰς ἄπορον τραπέντος having become destitute, PMeyer 8.14 (ii A. D.):—intr. in [voice] Act.,τοῦ ἄρχοντος τρέποντος εἰς δεσπότην Ph.2.562
.III turn or put to flight, rout, defeat,τρέψω δ' ἥρωας Ἀχαιούς Il.15.261
;ἔτρεψε φάλαγγας Tyrt.12.21
, cf. Pi.O.10 (11).15, Hdt.1.63, 4.128, Th.1.62, 4.25,33, etc.; in full,φύγαδε τ. Il.8.157
;εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους X.An.1.8.24
;τρέψαι καὶ ἐς φυγὴν καταστῆσαι Th.7.43
(but they fled,E.
Supp. 718):—[voice] Med., [tense] pres., X.An.5.4.16, J.AJ13.2.4, Plu.Cam.29: [tense] fut., Ar.Eq. 275 (troch.): [tense] aor. 1, E.Heracl. 842, X.An.6.1.13:—[voice] Pass., to be put to flight, [tense] aor. 2 (lyr.), X.Cyr.5.4.7 (v.l. ἐτράποντο), etc.: also [tense] aor. 1ἐτρέφθην Id.An.5.4.23
, HG3.4.14, Cyn.12.5: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med.ἐτραπόμην Hdt.1.80
, 9.63, etc.;ἐς φυγὴν τραπέσθαι Id.8.91
, Th.8.95;τραπόμενοι κατέφυγον Id.4
54;φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο X.An.4.8.19
;ἐτράποντο φεύγειν Plu.Lys. 28
, Caes.45: rarely in [tense] pf. [voice] Pass.,τετραμμένου φυγᾷ γένους A.Th. 952
(lyr.):—also intr. in [voice] Act.,φύγαδ' ἔτραπε Il.16.657
(unless it governs δίφρον).IV turn away, keep off, ;τ. τινὰ ἀπὸ τείχεος 22.16
;ἑκάς τινος Od.17.73
([voice] Med.);τῇ.. νόον ἔτραπεν 19.479
: abs.,ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς ἔτρεψε Il.4.381
; of weapons,βέλος.. ἔτραπεν ἄλλῃ 5.187
;ἀπὸ ἔγχεος ὁρμὴν ἔτραπε Hes. Sc. 456
.VI turn, apply,τ. τι ἐς ἄλλο τι Hdt.2.92
; τὰς ἐμβάδας ποῖ τέτροφας; what have you done with your shoes? Ar.Nu. 858;τὸν μόναυλον ποῖ τέτροφας; Anaxandr. 51
:—[voice] Pass.,ποῖ τρέπεται.. τὰ χρήματα; Ar.V. 665
(anap.).
См. также в других словарях:
hom — hom·age; hom·a·lop·sid; hom·ey; hom·i·nid; hom·i·noid; bon·hom·mie; hom; hom·ax·o·ni·al; hom·ax·on·ic; hom·ey·ness; hom·i·let·i·cal·ly; hom·ish·ness; … English syllables
Höm — DMS … Deutsch Wikipedia
Hom — steht für: Das Kfz Kennzeichen von Homburg (Saar) Higher Order Message ein Programmiertechnik Hom steht für: Homomorphismen in der Mathematik Høm steht für: Høm, ein dänischer Ort in der Gemeinde Ringsted auf der Insel Seeland … Deutsch Wikipedia
hom- — Hom : ↑ homo , Homo . * * * hom , Hom : ↑homo , ↑Homo . ho|mo , Ho|mo , (vor Vokalen gelegtl.:) hom , Hom [griech. homós] <Best. in Zus. mit der Bed.:> gleich, gleichartig, entsprechend: homogen; … Universal-Lexikon
Hom- — Hom : ↑ homo , Homo . * * * hom , Hom : ↑homo , ↑Homo . ho|mo , Ho|mo , (vor Vokalen gelegtl.:) hom , Hom [griech. homós] <Best. in Zus. mit der Bed.:> gleich, gleichartig, entsprechend: homogen; Homoerotik, Homonym … Universal-Lexikon
HOM — steht für: das Kfz Kennzeichen des Saarpfalz Kreises Higher Order Message, ein Programmiertechnik Higher Order Modulation, eine Modulationsart für Mobilfunknetze mit HSPA+ Hom steht für: Homomorphismen in der Mathematik ein persisches Schöpfungs … Deutsch Wikipedia
hom — Hom, C est en ancien langage François ce qu on dit homme, Homo. Dont le pluriel est homs, et avec l article des anciens li homs, nous disons hommes et les hommes, Homines. L opinion d aucuns est qu on en use encores à present en ses phrases, On… … Thresor de la langue françoyse
HOM — can refer to:*House of Milan *HOM Furniture Stores *HOM, a brand of men s underwear distributed by Triumph International *Hall of mirrors effect *Heart of Misery, a song by Finnish rock band The Rasmus *Holland (Amtrak station), Michigan, United… … Wikipedia
HOM — est une marque de lingerie masculine qui appartient au groupe Triumph International. Liens externes Hom Portail des entreprises … Wikipédia en Français
Hom — Publicación Primera edición Serializada en Linus (1975) con recopilación posterior en álbum. N.º páginas 46, en B/N … Wikipedia Español
hôm — ● hôm nom masculin Arbre de vie, souvent encadré symétriquement de deux animaux. (Motif des arts assyrien et perse, transmis à l Occident chrétien par l intermédiaire des étoffes orientales.) ● hôm (homonymes) nom masculin heaume nom masculin… … Encyclopédie Universelle